Lincoln Electric Svm163-b Precision Tig 375

RETURN TO MAIN MENU
SVM163-B
Return to Master TOC
PRECISION TIG 375 April, 2008

View Safety Info
For use with machines having Code Numbers: 10809; 10810; 10894; 11161; 11162
Safety Depends on You

View Safety Info
Lincoln arc welding and cutting

equipment is designed and built
with safety in mind. However,
your overall safety can be
increased by proper installation
. . . and thoughtful operation on
your part. DO NOT INSTALL,
OPERATE OR REPAIR THIS
EQUIPMENT WITHOUT READ-
ING THIS MANUAL AND THE
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS CON-
TAINED THROUGHOUT. And,
most importantly, think before
you act and be careful.
View Safety Info
SERVICE MANUAL
View Safety Info
Copyright © Lincoln Global Inc.
• World's Leader in Welding and Cutting Products •

• Sales and Service through Subsidiaries and Distributors Worldwide •
Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199 U.S.A. TEL: 888-935-3877 FAX: 216.486.1751 WEB SITE: www.lincolnelectric.com
i SAFETY i
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS

Diesel engine exhaust and some of its constituents The engine exhaust from this product contains
are known to the State of California to cause can- chemicals known to the State of California to cause
cer, birth defects, and other reproductive harm. cancer, birth defects, or other reproductive harm.
The Above For Diesel Engines The Above For Gasoline Engines
ARC WELDING can be hazardous. PROTECT YOURSELF AND OTHERS FROM POSSIBLE SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH.
KEEP CHILDREN AWAY. PACEMAKER WEARERS SHOULD CONSULT WITH THEIR DOCTOR BEFORE OPERATING.
Read and understand the following safety highlights. For additional safety information, it is strongly recommended that you pur-
chase a copy of “Safety in Welding & Cutting - ANSI Standard Z49.1” from the American Welding Society, P.O. Box 351040,
Miami, Florida 33135 or CSA Standard W117.2-1974. A Free copy of “Arc Welding Safety” booklet E205 is available from the
Lincoln Electric Company, 22801 St. Clair Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44117-1199.
BE SURE THAT ALL INSTALLATION, OPERATION, MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR PROCEDURES ARE
PERFORMED ONLY BY QUALIFIED INDIVIDUALS.
FOR ENGINE 1.h. To avoid scalding, do not remove the

radiator pressure cap when the engine is
powered equipment. hot.
1.a. Turn the engine off before troubleshooting and maintenance
work unless the maintenance work requires it to be running.
____________________________________________________
1.b.Operate engines in open, well-ventilated
areas or vent the engine exhaust fumes
outdoors.
ELECTRIC AND
MAGNETIC FIELDS
____________________________________________________
1.c. Do not add the fuel near an open flame weld- may be dangerous
ing arc or when the engine is running. Stop
the engine and allow it to cool before refuel- 2.a. Electric current flowing through any conductor causes
ing to prevent spilled fuel from vaporizing on localized Electric and Magnetic Fields (EMF). Welding
contact with hot engine parts and igniting. Do current creates EMF fields around welding cables and
not spill fuel when filling tank. If fuel is spilled, welding machines
wipe it up and do not start engine until fumes
have been eliminated.
2.b. EMF fields may interfere with some pacemakers, and
____________________________________________________
welders having a pacemaker should consult their physician
1.d. Keep all equipment safety guards, covers and devices in posi-
before welding.
tion and in good repair.Keep hands, hair, clothing and tools
away from V-belts, gears, fans and all other moving parts
2.c. Exposure to EMF fields in welding may have other health
when starting, operating or repairing equipment.
effects which are now not known.
____________________________________________________
1.e. In some cases it may be necessary to remove safety 2.d. All welders should use the following procedures in order to
guards to perform required maintenance. Remove minimize exposure to EMF fields from the welding circuit:
guards only when necessary and replace them when the
maintenance requiring their removal is complete. 2.d.1. Route the electrode and work cables together - Secure
Always use the greatest care when working near moving them with tape when possible.
parts.
___________________________________________________ 2.d.2. Never coil the electrode lead around your body.
1.f. Do not put your hands near the engine fan. Do
not attempt to override the governor or idler 2.d.3. Do not place your body between the electrode and
by pushing on the throttle control rods while work cables. If the electrode cable is on your right
the engine is running. side, the work cable should also be on your right side.
2.d.4. Connect the work cable to the workpiece as close as

possible to the area being welded.
___________________________________________________
1.g. To prevent accidentally starting gasoline engines while 2.d.5. Do not work next to welding power source.
turning the engine or welding generator during maintenance
work, disconnect the spark plug wires, distributor cap or
magneto wire as appropriate.
Mar ‘95
¤
ii SAFETY ii
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. ARC RAYS can burn.

3.a. The electrode and work (or ground) circuits 4.a. Use a shield with the proper filter and cover
are electrically “hot” when the welder is on. plates to protect your eyes from sparks and
Do not touch these “hot” parts with your bare the rays of the arc when welding or observing
skin or wet clothing. Wear dry, hole-free open arc welding. Headshield and filter lens
gloves to insulate hands. should conform to ANSI Z87. I standards.
3.b. Insulate yourself from work and ground using dry insulation. 4.b. Use suitable clothing made from durable flame-resistant
Make certain the insulation is large enough to cover your full material to protect your skin and that of your helpers from
area of physical contact with work and ground. the arc rays.
In addition to the normal safety precautions, if welding 4.c. Protect other nearby personnel with suitable, non-flammable
must be performed under electrically hazardous screening and/or warn them not to watch the arc nor expose
conditions (in damp locations or while wearing wet themselves to the arc rays or to hot spatter or metal.
clothing; on metal structures such as floors, gratings or
scaffolds; when in cramped positions such as sitting,
kneeling or lying, if there is a high risk of unavoidable or FUMES AND GASES
accidental contact with the workpiece or ground) use
the following equipment: can be dangerous.
• Semiautomatic DC Constant Voltage (Wire) Welder. 5.a. Welding may produce fumes and gases
• DC Manual (Stick) Welder. hazardous to health. Avoid breathing these

• AC Welder with Reduced Voltage Control. fumes and gases.When welding, keep
your head out of the fume. Use enough
3.c. In semiautomatic or automatic wire welding, the electrode, ventilation and/or exhaust at the arc to keep
electrode reel, welding head, nozzle or semiautomatic fumes and gases away from the breathing zone. When
welding gun are also electrically “hot”. welding with electrodes which require special
ventilation such as stainless or hard facing (see
3.d. Always be sure the work cable makes a good electrical instructions on container or MSDS) or on lead or
connection with the metal being welded. The connection cadmium plated steel and other metals or coatings
should be as close as possible to the area being welded. which produce highly toxic fumes, keep exposure as
low as possible and below Threshold Limit Values (TLV)
3.e. Ground the work or metal to be welded to a good electrical using local exhaust or mechanical ventilation. In
(earth) ground. confined spaces or in some circumstances, outdoors, a
respirator may be required. Additional precautions are
3.f. Maintain the electrode holder, work clamp, welding cable and also required when welding on galvanized steel.
welding machine in good, safe operating condition. Replace
5. b. The operation of welding fume control equipment is affected
damaged insulation.
by various factors including proper use and positioning of the
equipment, maintenance of the equipment and the specific
3.g. Never dip the electrode in water for cooling.
welding procedure and application involved.
Worker exposure level should be checked upon installation

3.h. Never simultaneously touch electrically “hot” parts of
and periodically thereafter to be certain it is within applicable
electrode holders connected to two welders because voltage
OSHA PEL and ACGIH TLV limits.
between the two can be the total of the open circuit voltage
of both welders.
5.c. Do not weld in locations near chlorinated hydrocarbon vapors
coming from degreasing, cleaning or spraying operations.
3.i. When working above floor level, use a safety belt to protect
The heat and rays of the arc can react with solvent vapors to
yourself from a fall should you get a shock.
form phosgene, a highly toxic gas, and other irritating prod-
ucts.
3.j. Also see Items 6.c. and 8.
5.d. Shielding gases used for arc welding can displace air and
cause injury or death. Always use enough ventilation,
especially in confined areas, to insure breathing air is safe.
5.e. Read and understand the manufacturer’s instructions for this

equipment and the consumables to be used, including the
material safety data sheet (MSDS) and follow your
employer’s safety practices. MSDS forms are available from
your welding distributor or from the manufacturer.
5.f. Also see item 1.b.
Aug ‘06
¤
iii SAFETY iii
WELDING and CUTTING CYLINDER may explode

SPARKS can if damaged.

cause fire or explosion. 7.a. Use only compressed gas cylinders
6.a. Remove fire hazards from the welding area. containing the correct shielding gas for the
If this is not possible, cover them to prevent process used and properly operating
the welding sparks from starting a fire. regulators designed for the gas and
Remember that welding sparks and hot pressure used. All hoses, fittings, etc. should be suitable for
materials from welding can easily go through small cracks the application and maintained in good condition.
and openings to adjacent areas. Avoid welding near
hydraulic lines. Have a fire extinguisher readily available. 7.b. Always keep cylinders in an upright position securely
chained to an undercarriage or fixed support.
6.b. Where compressed gases are to be used at the job site,
special precautions should be used to prevent hazardous 7.c. Cylinders should be located:
situations. Refer to “Safety in Welding and Cutting” (ANSI • Away from areas where they may be struck or subjected to
Standard Z49.1) and the operating information for the physical damage.
equipment being used.
• A safe distance from arc welding or cutting operations and
6.c. When not welding, make certain no part of the electrode any other source of heat, sparks, or flame.
circuit is touching the work or ground. Accidental contact can
cause overheating and create a fire hazard. 7.d. Never allow the electrode, electrode holder or any other
electrically “hot” parts to touch a cylinder.

6.d. Do not heat, cut or weld tanks, drums or containers until the
proper steps have been taken to insure that such procedures 7.e. Keep your head and face away from the cylinder valve outlet
will not cause flammable or toxic vapors from substances when opening the cylinder valve.
inside. They can cause an explosion even though they have
been “cleaned”. For information, purchase “Recommended 7.f. Valve protection caps should always be in place and hand
Safe Practices for the Preparation for Welding and Cutting of tight except when the cylinder is in use or connected for
Containers and Piping That Have Held Hazardous use.
Substances”, AWS F4.1 from the American Welding Society
(see address above). 7.g. Read and follow the instructions on compressed gas
cylinders, associated equipment, and CGA publication P-l,
6.e. Vent hollow castings or containers before heating, cutting or “Precautions for Safe Handling of Compressed Gases in
welding. They may explode. Cylinders,” available from the Compressed Gas Association
1235 Jefferson Davis Highway, Arlington, VA 22202.
6.f. Sparks and spatter are thrown from the welding arc. Wear oil
free protective garments such as leather gloves, heavy shirt,
cuffless trousers, high shoes and a cap over your hair. Wear
ear plugs when welding out of position or in confined places.
FOR ELECTRICALLY
Always wear safety glasses with side shields when in a powered equipment.
welding area.
8.a. Turn off input power using the disconnect
6.g. Connect the work cable to the work as close to the welding switch at the fuse box before working on
area as practical. Work cables connected to the building the equipment.
framework or other locations away from the welding area
increase the possibility of the welding current passing 8.b. Install equipment in accordance with the U.S. National
through lifting chains, crane cables or other alternate circuits. Electrical Code, all local codes and the manufacturer’s
This can create fire hazards or overheat lifting chains or recommendations.
cables until they fail.
8.c. Ground the equipment in accordance with the U.S. National
6.h. Also see item 1.c. Electrical Code and the manufacturer’s recommendations.
6.I. Read and follow NFPA 51B “ Standard for Fire Prevention
During Welding, Cutting and Other Hot Work”, available from
NFPA, 1 Batterymarch Park,PO box 9101, Quincy, Ma
022690-9101.
6.j. Do not use a welding power source for pipe thawing.

Jan ‘07
¤
iv SAFETY iv
6. Eloigner les matériaux inflammables ou les recouvrir afin de

PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ
prévenir tout risque d’incendie dû aux étincelles.

Pour votre propre protection lire et observer toutes les instructions
et les précautions de sûreté specifiques qui parraissent dans ce 7. Quand on ne soude pas, poser la pince à une endroit isolé de
manuel aussi bien que les précautions de sûreté générales suiv- la masse. Un court-circuit accidental peut provoquer un
antes: échauffement et un risque d’incendie.
Sûreté Pour Soudage A L’Arc 8. S’assurer que la masse est connectée le plus prés possible de
1. Protegez-vous contre la secousse électrique: la zone de travail qu’il est pratique de le faire. Si on place la
masse sur la charpente de la construction ou d’autres endroits
a. Les circuits à l’électrode et à la piéce sont sous tension éloignés de la zone de travail, on augmente le risque de voir
quand la machine à souder est en marche. Eviter toujours passer le courant de soudage par les chaines de levage,
tout contact entre les parties sous tension et la peau nue câbles de grue, ou autres circuits. Cela peut provoquer des
ou les vétements mouillés. Porter des gants secs et sans risques d’incendie ou d’echauffement des chaines et des
trous pour isoler les mains. câbles jusqu’à ce qu’ils se rompent.
b. Faire trés attention de bien s’isoler de la masse quand on
soude dans des endroits humides, ou sur un plancher met- 9. Assurer une ventilation suffisante dans la zone de soudage.
allique ou des grilles metalliques, principalement dans Ceci est particuliérement important pour le soudage de tôles
les positions assis ou couché pour lesquelles une grande galvanisées plombées, ou cadmiées ou tout autre métal qui
partie du corps peut être en contact avec la masse. produit des fumeés toxiques.
c. Maintenir le porte-électrode, la pince de masse, le câble de
soudage et la machine à souder en bon et sûr état defonc- 10. Ne pas souder en présence de vapeurs de chlore provenant
tionnement. d’opérations de dégraissage, nettoyage ou pistolage. La
d.Ne jamais plonger le porte-électrode dans l’eau pour le chaleur ou les rayons de l’arc peuvent réagir avec les vapeurs
refroidir. du solvant pour produire du phosgéne (gas fortement toxique)
e. Ne jamais toucher simultanément les parties sous tension ou autres produits irritants.
des porte-électrodes connectés à deux machines à souder
parce que la tension entre les deux pinces peut être le total 11. Pour obtenir de plus amples renseignements sur la sûreté, voir
de la tension à vide des deux machines. le code “Code for safety in welding and cutting” CSA Standard
f. Si on utilise la machine à souder comme une source de W 117.2-1974.
courant pour soudage semi-automatique, ces precautions
pour le porte-électrode s’applicuent aussi au pistolet de
soudage.
2. Dans le cas de travail au dessus du niveau du sol, se protéger

PRÉCAUTIONS DE SÛRETÉ POUR
contre les chutes dans le cas ou on recoit un choc. Ne jamais LES MACHINES À SOUDER À
enrouler le câble-électrode autour de n’importe quelle partie du
corps.
TRANSFORMATEUR ET À
REDRESSEUR
3. Un coup d’arc peut être plus sévère qu’un coup de soliel, donc:
a. Utiliser un bon masque avec un verre filtrant approprié ainsi 1. Relier à la terre le chassis du poste conformement au code de
qu’un verre blanc afin de se protéger les yeux du rayon- l’électricité et aux recommendations du fabricant. Le dispositif
nement de l’arc et des projections quand on soude ou de montage ou la piece à souder doit être branché à une
quand on regarde l’arc. bonne mise à la terre.
b. Porter des vêtements convenables afin de protéger la peau
de soudeur et des aides contre le rayonnement de l‘arc. 2. Autant que possible, I’installation et l’entretien du poste seront
c. Protéger l’autre personnel travaillant à proximité au effectués par un électricien qualifié.
soudage à l’aide d’écrans appropriés et non-inflammables.
3. Avant de faires des travaux à l’interieur de poste, la debranch-
4. Des gouttes de laitier en fusion sont émises de l’arc de er à l’interrupteur à la boite de fusibles.
soudage. Se protéger avec des vêtements de protection libres
de l’huile, tels que les gants en cuir, chemise épaisse, pan- 4. Garder tous les couvercles et dispositifs de sûreté à leur place.
talons sans revers, et chaussures montantes.
5. Toujours porter des lunettes de sécurité dans la zone de

soudage. Utiliser des lunettes avec écrans lateraux dans les
zones où l’on pique le laitier.
Mar ‘93
¤
v v
MASTER TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR ALL SECTIONS
RETURN TO MAIN MENU

Page
Safety .................................................................................................................................................i-iv
Installation.............................................................................................................................Section A
Operation...............................................................................................................................Section B
Accessories ..........................................................................................................................Section C
Maintenance ..........................................................................................................................Section D
Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E
Troubleshooting and Repair ................................................................................................Section F

How to Use Troubleshooting Guide.............................................................................................F-2
PC Board Troubleshooting...........................................................................................................F-3
Troubleshooting Guide.................................................................................................................F-4
Test Procedures ........................................................................................................................F-19
Replacement Procedures .........................................................................................................F-45
Retest After Repair....................................................................................................................F-65
Electrical Diagrams ..............................................................................................................Section G
Parts Manual ........................................................................................................P404 & P558 Series
PRECISION TIG 375

A-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS A-1
- INSTALLATION SECTION -
Installation
Technical Specifications..............................................................................................................A-2
Rated Output...............................................................................................................................A-3
Additional Output Capacity .........................................................................................................A-3
Wire and Fuse Sizes...................................................................................................................A-3
Physical Dimensions ...................................................................................................................A-3
Temperature Ranges ..................................................................................................................A-3
Safety Precautions ......................................................................................................................A-4
Stacking ......................................................................................................................................A-4
Lifting and Moving.......................................................................................................................A-4
Tilting ..........................................................................................................................................A-4
High Frequency Interference Protection .....................................................................................A-4
Input Electrical Connections .......................................................................................................A-5
Ground Connection...............................................................................................................A-5
Output Cables, Connections & Limitations .................................................................................A-6
TIG Torch Connection .................................................................................................................A-7
Auxiliary Power Connections ......................................................................................................A-8
Remote Control...........................................................................................................................A-8
Robotic Interface Connection......................................................................................................A-9
PRECISION TIG 375

A-2 INSTALLATION A-2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS-PRECISION TIG 375 (Domestic, Canadian & Export)

Return to Section TOC
RATED INPUT - SINGLE PHASE ONLY

K Duty Cycle-Applications Voltage + 10% Max. Amps With Out
Number Power Factor Capacitor
40%
K1833-1 AC/DC Stick / Balance TIG 112/102/51
K1903-1 Unbalance (70% Penetration#) AC TIG 139/126/63
K2622-1 60%
K2629-1 AC/DC Stick / Balance TIG 102/92/46
Unbalance (70% Penetration#) AC TIG 208/230/460 128/116/58
100%
AC/DC Stick / Balance TIG 80/72/36
Unbalance (70% Penetration#) AC TIG 104/92/47
NRTL/C
Idle Amps 68/62/31
40%
K1833-2 Unbalance (70% Penetration#) AC TIG 125/63/50

K2622-2 60%
100% 230/460/575
NRTL/C Idle Amps 62/31/25
Rated Power Factor (Stick) .86 min.
Idle Power 1.0 KW
40%
60%
K1834-1 AC/DC Stick / Balance TIG 220-230/ 110/64/59
Unbalance (70% Penetration#) AC TIG 380-400/415 97/56/52
100%
N80 AC/DC Stick / Balance TIG 88/51/47
Unbalance (70% Penetration#) AC TIG
73/42/39
IEC 60974-1
Idle Amps 48/28/25
Rated Power Factor (Stick) .67 min.
Idle Power .8 KW
RATED OUTPUT - NEMA EW1 Class ll (40) K1903-1,K1833-1,-2,K2622-1,-2,K2624-1

Duty Cycle-Applications Volts at Rated Amperes Amps
40%
AC/DC Stick / Balance TIG 35.0 375
Unbalance (70% Penetration#) AC TIG 17.2 350
60%
100%

*Shown on Front of this IM manual with Under-Cooler Cart and Advanced Control Panel (Refer to Optional Equipment)
#Exceeds NEMA Unbalanced Load Specification comparable for Auto-Balance.
PRECISION TIG 375

RATED OUTPUT - IEC 60974-1 (K1834-1)

Duty Cycle-Applications Volts at Rated Amperes Amps

40%
60%
100%
ADDITIONAL OUTPUT CAPACITY
Output Current Maximum Open Type of Output Auxiliary Power
Range Circuit Voltage K2622-1,-2, K1903-1, K1833-1,-2, K2624-1
15Amp Circuit Breaker and NEMA 5-15R Duplex
2Amps DC Receptacle for up to:
115VAC 8Amp Auxiliary Power Receptacle

to (STICK AND TIG)

CC (Constant Current) 115VAC 5 Amp weld Switched Cooler Receptacle
420Amps AC-DC* AC/DC OCV: 80
AC/DC (GTAW) K1834-1
Stick (SMAW) 5 Amp Circuit Breaker
and grounded 220VAC
Euro(Schuko) receptacle
RECOMMENDED INPUT WIRE AND FUSE SIZES
For all Stick, DC TIG, and Balanced AC TIG Welding at For Unbalanced AC TIG Welding Above 275 Amps:
375A/40% Duty Cycle without Standard Power Factor 350A/40% Duty Cycle, Auto-Balance Penetration with
Correction Capacitors out Standard Power Factor Correction Capacitors
Based on the 1999 U.S. National Electrical Code Based on the 1999 U.S. National Electrical Code
Input Type 75°C Type 75°C Type 75°C Type 75°C
Input Fuse Ampere Copper Wire in Copper Ground Fuse Input Copper Wire in Copper Ground
Conduit AWG Conduit AWG
Voltage / (Super Lag) Rating Wire in (Super Lag) Ampere Wire in
(IEC) Sizes (IEC) Sizes
phase/ or Breaker Rating on 40°C (104°F) Conduit AWG or Breaker Rating 40°C (104°F) Conduit AWG
Frequency Size1 Nameplate Ambient (IEC) Sizes Size1 Ambient (IEC) Sizes
208/1/60 150 112 3 (26.7 mm2) 6 (13.3 mm2) 200 139 1 (42.4 mm2) 6 (13.3 mm2)
230/1/60 150 102 3 (26.7 mm2) 6 (13.3 mm2) 175 126 2 (33.6 mm2) 6 (13.3 mm2)
460/1/60 80 51 6 (13.3 mm2) 8 (8.4 mm2) 80 63 6 (13.3 mm2) 8 (8.4 mm2)
575/1/60 50 41 8 (8.4 mm2) 10 (5.3mm2) 70 50 6 (13.3 mm2) 8 (8.4 mm2)
220-230/1/50/60 150 119 3 (26.7 mm2) 6 (13.3 mm2) 150 118 3 (26.7 mm2) 6 (13.3 mm2)
380-400/1/50/60 110 69 4 (21.2 mm2) 6 (13.3 mm2) 110 68 4 (21.2 mm2) 6 (13.3 mm2)
415/1/50/60 110 63 4 (21.2 mm2) 6 (13.3 mm2) 110 62 4 (21.2 mm2) 6 (13.3 mm2)
PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS
K1833-1,-2 Height Width Depth Weight
K1834-1, 31.0 in. 22.0 in. 26.0 in. 507 lbs.
K2622-1,-2 787 mm 559 mm 660 mm 230 kgs.
K1903-1 49.7 in. 28.0 in. 41.0 in. 751 lbs.

K2624-1 1262 mm 711 mm 1041 mm 341 kgs.
TEMPERATURE RANGES
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE STORAGE TEMPERATURE RANGE

-20°C to +40°C (-04° to +104°F) -40°C to +85°C (-40° to +185°F)
TRANSFORMER INSULATION CLASS 180°C (H)
1 ALSO CALLED ‘INVERSE TIME" OR "THERMAL/MAGNETIC " CIRCUIT BREAKERS; CIRCUIT BREAKERS WHICH HAVE A DELAY IN TRIPPING ACTION THAT DECREASES AS
THE MAGNITUDE OF CURRENT INCREASES.
* 50/60H
Z IEC Max. range exceeds 310A.
PRECISION TIG 375

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ENVIRONMENTAL RATING

Read entire Installation Section before installing Precision TIG 375 power sources carry an IP21S
the Precision Tig 375. Environmental rating. They are rated for use in damp,
dirty rain-sheltered environments.
WARNING
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. HIGH FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE
• Only qualified personnel should
perform this installation.
PROTECTION
• Turn the input power OFF at the
disconnect switch or fuse box The frame of the welder must be grounded. A ground
and discharge input capacitors screw marked with the symbol is located on the
before working inside the equipment. input connection panel (Figure A.1) for this purpose.
• Do not touch electrically hot parts. See your local and national electrical codes for proper
• Always connect the Precision Tig grounding screw (behind grounding methods.
the reconnect panel cover located near the back of the left
case side) to a good electrical earth ground. The spark gap oscillator in the high frequency genera-
tor, being similar to a radio transmitter, can be blamed

• Always connect the Precision Tig to a power supply grounded

in accordance with the National Electrical Code and all local for many radio, TV and electronic equipment interfer-
codes. ence problems. These problems may be the result of
_____________________________________________________________ radiated interference. Proper grounding methods can
be reduced or eliminate re-radiated interference.
SELECT SUITABLE LOCATION
The Precision TIG 375 has been field tested under rec-
Place the welder where clean cool air can freely circu- ommended installation conditions and has been found
late in through the rear louvers and out through the bot- to comply with F.C.C. allowable radiation limits. This
tom opening. Dirt, dust or any foreign material that can welder has also been found to comply with NEMA stan-
be drawn into the machine should be kept at a mini- dards for high frequency stabilized power sources.
mum. Failure to observe these precautions can result
in excessive operating temperatures and nuisance Radiated interference can develop in the following four
trips. ways:
* Direct interference radiated from the welder.
GRINDING
* Direct interference radiated from the welding leads.
Do not direct grinding particles towards the welder. An
* Direct interference radiated from the feedback into
abundance of conductive material can cause mainte-

the power lines.
nance problems.
* Interference from re-radiation of “pickup” by
STACKING ungrounded metallic objects.
The Precision Tig 375 cannot be stacked.
Keeping these contributing factors in mind, installing
UNDERCARRIAGE LIFTING AND MOVING the equipment per the following instructions should
When the Precision TIG 375 is purchased as a welding minimize problems.
package, or used with any of the available
Undercarriage optional accessories, proper installation 1. Keep the welder power supply lines as short as pos-
makes the Precision TIG 375 lift bale nonfunctional. sible and completely enclose them in rigid metallic con-
Do not attempt to lift the power source with an under- duit or equivalent shielding for a minimum distance of
carriage attached. The undercarriage is designed for 50 feet (15.2 m). There must be good electrical contact
hand moving only; mechanized movement can lead to between this conduit must be connected to a driven
personal injury and/or damage to the Precision TIG ground and the entire length must be continuous.
375.
2. Keep the work and electrode leads as short as pos-
TILTING
sible and as close together as possible. Lengths should

Each machine must be placed on a secure, level sur- not exceed 25 feet (7.6m). Tape the leads together
face, either directly or on a recommended undercar- when practical.
riage. The machine may topple over if this precaution is
not followed.
PRECISION TIG 375

3. Be sure the torch and work cable rubber coverings INPUT AND GROUNDING CONNECTIONS
are free of cuts and cracks that allow high frequency

leakage. Cables with high natural rubber content,
such as Lincoln Stable-Arc ® better resist high fre-
WARNING
quency leakage than neoprene and other synthetic ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
rubber insulated cables.
* Turn the input power OFF at the
4. Keep the torch in good repair and all connections disconnect switch or fuse box
tight to reduce high frequency leakage. before working on this equip-
ment.
5. The work terminal must be connected to a ground* ___________________________________________
within ten feet of the welder, using one of the follow-
ing methods. Be sure the voltage, phase, and frequency of the
input power is as specified on the rating plate, located
* A metal underground water pipe in direct contact on the rear of the machine.
with the earth for ten feet or more.
Remove the reconnect panel cover located near the
* A 3/4” (19mm) galvanized pipe or a 5/8” (16mm) back of the left case side to reveal the reconnected
solid galvanized iron, steel or copper rod driven at panel. Welder supply line entry provision is in the
least eight feet into the ground. case rear panel. Entry is through a 1.75 inch (44mm)
diameter hole in the case back. Appropriate supply
The ground should be securely made and the ground- line strain relief clamp is provided by installer. (See
ing cable should be as short as possible using cable of Figure A.1)
the same size as the work cable, or larger. Grounding
to the building frame electrical conduit or a long pipe FIGURE A.1
system can result in re-radiation, effectively making
these members radiating antennas. (This is not rec-
ommended.)
CONNECT INPUT
POWER LEADS
6. Keep all access panels and covers securely in place.
CONNECT INPUT
CONNECT INPUT
GROUND LEAD
7. All electrical conductors within 50 feet (15.2m) of the VOLTAGE LEVEL
welder should be enclosed in grounded rigid metal-

lic conduit or equivalent shielding. Flexible helically-
wrapped metallic conduit is generally not suitable. All connections should be made in accordance
with all local codes and national electrical codes.
8. When the welder is enclosed in a metal building, Installation by a qualified electrician is recom-
several earth driven electrical grounds (as in 5 mended.
above) around the periphery of the building are rec-
ommended. 1. Connect the terminal marked (below the recon-
nect panel) to an earth ground.
Failure to observe these recommended installation
procedures can cause radio or TV interference prob- 2. Connect the input leads to terminals marked L1
lems and result in unsatisfactory welding performance (U) and L2 (V) on the reconnect panel. Use a sin-
resulting from lost high frequency power. gle phase line or one phase of a two or three
phase line.
3. On multiple input line voltage welders, be sure the

reconnect panel is connected for the voltage being
supplied to the welder.
WARNING
Failure to follow these instructions can cause
immediate failure of components within the
welder.
PRECISION TIG 375

Welders are shipped connected for the highest input Recommended Cable Sizes for Combined Lengths of
voltage as listed on the rating plate. To change this con- Copper Work and Electrode Cables using 75o C Wire:
nection, designations on the reconnect panel LOW,
MID, and HIGH correspond to the name plated input Machine Rating 0 to 100 Ft. 101 to 200 Ft 201 to 250 Ft
voltages of a triple voltage welder. Dual voltage
welders use only LOW and HIGH. 375A/40% #1 (42.4 mm2) 1/0 (53.5 mm2) 2/0 (67.4 mm2)
EXAMPLE: On a 208/230/460 volt welder, LOW is WORK CABLE CONNECTION

208V, MID is 230V, and HIGH is 460V.
NOTE: Export model has a voltage range for LOW and A 15’ (2/0) weld cable with clamp is available (K2150-1), or
MID connections: LOW is 220-230V, MID is 280- included with the Precision TIG Welding Package model.
400V and high is 415V. Otherwise, it is user provided.
Reconnect the jumper strap to the terminal stud corre- With power source off, connect a separate work cable
sponding to the input voltage level used. Make sure all to the 1/2-13 threaded "WORK" stud of the welder, and
connections are tight. secure a tight connection with the flange nut provided.
The work cable should be routed through the cable
strain relief hole provided in the base directly below the
Fuse the input circuit with the recommended super-lag

fuses or delay type 1 circuit breakers. Choose an input welding output terminal.
and grounding wire size according to local or national Note: If the Precision TIG is equipped with an Under-
codes or use page A-2. Using fuses or circuit breakers Cooler or Under-Storage unit, the coiled work cable
smaller than recommended may result in “nuisance” and clamp, or excess work cable length, may be con-
tripping from welder inrush currents even if not welding veniently stored in the drawer while remaining con-
at high currents. nected.
Unbalanced AC TIG welding draws higher input cur- STICK ELECTRODE CABLE CONNECTION
rents than those for stick, DC TIG, or Balanced AC TIG
welding. The welder is designed for these higher input If manual stick welding is desired, with power source
currents. However, where unbalanced AC TIG welding off, connect a stick electrode cable to the 1/2-13
above 275 amps is planned, the higher input currents threaded "STICK Electrode" stud of the welder, and
require larger input wire sizes and fuses per page A-3. secure a tight connection with the flange nut provided.
The electrode cable should be routed through the
OUTPUT CABLES, CONNECTIONS AND cable strain relief hole provided in the base directly
LIMITATIONS below the welding output terminal.
WARNING WARNING
• To avoid being startled by a high frequency
shock, keep the TIG torch and cables in good con- DISCONNECT STICK ELECTRODE WELDING
dition CABLE WHEN TIG WELDING.
• Turn the power switch of the power source OFF
before installing adapters on cable or when con- EVEN THOUGH HI-FREQ IS NOT APPLIED TO THE
necting or disconnecting adapter plugs to power PRECISION TIG STICK TERMINAL, IT WILL BE
source. ELECTRICALLY "HOT" TO WORK WHEN TIG WELD-
----------------------------------------------------------------------- ING.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Refer to Figure A.2 for the location of the WORK and
STICK terminals, as well as the TIG Torch connection
panel.
PRECISION TIG 375

FIGURE A.2
REM OTE TIG TORCH

CONTROL CONNECTIO N
PANEL
RECEPTACLE
STICK WORK
WORK
STICK
ELE CTRODE STUD
STUD
(Shown without hinged stud cover)

FIGURE A CABLE
STRAIN
REL I EF HOLE S
TIG TORCH CONNECTION CYLINDER could explode

if damaged.
The Precision TIG torch connection box, located on the • Keep cylinder upright and
right side of the machine, provides all the input and chained to a support.
output connections for the installation of both air- • Keep cylinder away from areas
cooled and water-cooled TIG torches with fittings con- where it could be damaged.
forming to Compressed Gas Association (CGA) stan-
• Never allow the torch to touch the cylinder.
dards:
Note: The Precision TIG provides an insulated Torch • Keep cylinder away from live electrical cir-
Reel and Holster for handy and safe storage of con- cuits.
nected torch when not welding, and excess torch cable • Maximum inlet pressure 150 psi.
length while welding. -----------------------------------------------------------------
The Precision TIG machines do not have Hi-Freq.
available at the Stick electrode stud, therefore stud
WARNING connection adapters (such as LECO. S19257-series)
Combination connectors (Power/Water and cannot be used for torch connection.
Power/Gas) are electrically "hot" while welding in
STICK or TIG modes. Single-piece cable air-cooled torches with a 3/8-24 RH
connector fitting (such as the Magnum PTA-9/-17, or LA-
If using an Air-Cooled Torch be sure coolant is shut 9/-17) require the provided S20403-4 Torch Connector,
off and/or Cooler is unplugged from the Precision while those with a 7/8-14 RH connector fitting (such as
TIG Water Cooler Receptacle on the torch side of the Magnum PTA-26, or LA-26) require the available
the upper case back. K2166-1 Torch Connector. (See Figure A.3)
Observe the safety precautions necessary for han- Two-piece cable air-cooled torches (such as PTA-, or LA-
dling and using compressed gas containers. torches) can be used with the available 1/2” Stud
Contact your supplier for specifics. Connector (S20403-3) with with a 7/8-14 LH male fitting.
Magnum PTW-18/-20 (or LW-) water-cooled Torches

require no adapter for Precision TIG connection.
PRECISION TIG 375

ELECTODE
AND/OR
A-8 INSTALLATION
GAS OUTPUT
5/8-18 RH
A-8
FIGURE A.3 OUTPUT (front) Panel
INPUT (back) Panel
Air Cooled Torch Torch Adapter
UNPLUG WATERCOOLER WHEN USING AIR COOLED TORCHES

COOLANT OUT GAS INPUT
For Gas Supply
5/8-18 LH 5/8-18 RH
hose
Two - Cable K2166-2 (Opt.) with 5/8 - 18RH
Male
(PTA-9,-7,-26)
?-13 7/8-14
STUD M-LH
ELECTODE For Gas Supply

5/8-18 AND
COOLANT Hoses
with 5/8 - 18LH
M-RH COOLANT IN
IN
7/8-14 LH
male
One - Cable K2166-1 (Opt.)
(PTA-26)
(Provided with
COOLANT
7/8-14 7/8-14 5/8-18 OUT
F-RH F-RH M-RH
Under-Cooler Cart)
WARNING
One - Cable ELECTODE
S20403-4 (Incl.)
(PTA-9,-17) AND/OR
3/8-24 3/8-24 5/8-18 GAS OUTPUT

F-RH F-RH M-RH 5/8-18 RH
AUXILIARY POWER CONNECTIONS 5 amp circuit breaker, located on the upper case back
on the reconnect side of the machine, intended for use
with a 220 VAC water cooler.
The Precision TIG machines provide a standard NEMA
5-15R duplex receptacle, located on the upper case
back on the torch side of the machine:
REMOTE CONTROL (If Used)
• The bottom outlet of this duplex receptacle provides
switched 115 VAC power for the Under-Cooler, or The Foot Amptrol (included with the Precision TIG
Water Solenoid accessory. This Cooler receptacle Welding Package), or other Remote accessory, is
turns on when the arc starts and remains on for about installed by routing the plug of its control cable up
8 minutes after the arc goes out (with the Fan-As- through the left cable strain relief hole provided in the
Needed machine cooling fan, see Maintenance base (see Figure A.2), then connecting the 6-pin plug
Section), so the Cooler’s fan and water pump will not to the mating Remote receptacle behind the stud panel
run continuously in idle, but will run while welding. cover. (See Figure B.2 for mating plug wiring.)
Note: If the Precision TIG is equipped with an Under-

• The top outlet of this duplex receptacle provides at Cooler or Under-Storage unit, the Foot Pedal (or other
least 8 amps at 115 VAC, whenever the Precision TIG remote control accessory) and coiled control cable, or
Power switch is ON. This auxiliary circuit is intended excess cable length, may be conveniently stored in the
for running 115 VAC accessories or small power tools. drawer while remaining connected.
Note: Some types of equipment, especially pumps
and large motors, have starting currents which are
significantly higher than their running current. These
higher starting currents may cause the circuit breaker
to open. (See next paragraph)
• Both the receptacle circuits are protected from shorts

and overloads by a 15 amp circuit breaker, located
above the receptacle. if the breaker trips its button
pops out exposing a red ring. When the circuit break-
er cools the button can be reset by pressing it back in.
Note: When the breaker trips not only will the auxil-
iary and cooler power be interrupted, but so will the
power to the shielding gas solenoid and machine
cooling fan.
The Precision TIG Export models also provide a
grounded 220 VAC Euro type Schuko receptacle and a
PRECISION TIG 375
ROBOTIC INTERFACE CONNECTION

Robotic interface can be made at the Remote

Receptacle (See Operation Section B-2). The machine
is shipped with the remote receptacle circuit internally
connected to receptacle J5 of the Control board for
standard Amptrol operation. In order to enable the
remote receptacle for robotic interface its connection
plug must be moved from J5 to J5A on the Control
board. (Refer to the machine Wiring Diagram.)
The robotic interface functions with the Precision TIG

set to either TIG or STICK mode, but must be in
REMOTE switch position for the Preset Control inter-
face to function. When in the REMOTE position with
robotic interface neither the MAXIMUM OUTPUT nor
the MINIMUM OUTPUT panel controls limit the inter-
face control setting over the rated output range of the

machine.
The diagram in Figure A.4 below shows the remote

receptacle plug connections and signals for robotic
interface:
FIGURE A.4
PRECISION TIG 375

Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC Return to Section TOC
Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC A-10
NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

A-10
B-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS B-1
- OPERATION SECTION -
Operation ...............................................................................................................................Section B
Safety Precautions ......................................................................................................................B-2
Product Description.....................................................................................................................B-2
Recommended Process and Equipment ....................................................................................B-3
Controls and Settings..................................................................................................................B-4
Welding Operation ................................................................................................................B-5/B-8
Internal Set Up Controls..............................................................................................................B-9
2 Step Trigger Modes ................................................................................................................B-10
4 Step Trigger Modes ................................................................................................................B-11
TIG Weld Cycle Chart ...............................................................................................................B-12
Set Up for TIG Amptrol Welding................................................................................................B-13
Making a TIG Weld with an Amptrol..........................................................................................B-14

Recommended Electrode Amperage Ranges ..........................................................................B-14
PRECISION TIG 375

B-2 OPERATION B-2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS PRODUCT DESCRIPTION

Read and understand this entire section before operat- The Precision TIG 375 is part of a new family of indus-
ing the machine. trial arc welding power sources providing constant cur-
rent, single range square wave AC/DC TIG (GTAW)
WARNING with new patented (pending) Micro-StartTM Technology,
Presettable Min. and Max. Output controls, and built-in
ELECTRIC SHOCK CAN KILL. high frequency stabilization for continuous AC TIG and
*Only qualified personnel should per- DC TIG starting. It also has AC/DC Stick (SMAW)
form the installation. capability, with adjustable Arc Force availability. A TIG
* Turn the input power OFF at the dis- Pulse Panel. Power Factor Capacitors and a Water
connect switch or fuse box. Solenoid are available as field installed optional kits.
* Do not touch electrically live parts or Also, a new Undercarriage (with double gas bottle
electrode with skin or wet clothing. rack) is available for field installation, as well as a new
* Insulate yourself from work and Under-Cooler Cart, which is also included in an avail-
ground. able efficiently integrated entire TIG Welding Package
* Always dry insulating gloves. with convenient built-in storage provisions for welding
* Read and follow “Electric Shock equipment and components.
Warnings” in the Safety section if

welding must be performed under The Precision TIG 375 includes advanced features
electrically hazardous conditions such as a Digital Meter, Presettable control, Auto
such as welding in wet areas or on BalanceTM, Fan As Needed(F.A.N.) fixed Preflow, vari-
or in the workpiece. able Postflow shielding gas and Timers. In addition, 2-
...................................................................................... Step/4-Step and Pulse Tig operation with adjustable
FUMES AND GASES Downslope Time control are included with an available
can be dangerous. field installed kit. It also features a Stick stud panel and
* Keep your head out of fumes. a universal TIG torch connection box for simultaneous,
*Use ventilation or exhaust to but separated, electrode outputs.
remove fumes from breathing
zone. PIPE THAWING
...................................................................................... The Precision TIG 375 is not recommended for pipe
WELDING SPARKS
thawing.
can cause fire and explosion
* Keep flammable material away.

* Do not weld on containers that Duty Cycle

have held combustibles.
The duty cycle is based upon a 10-minute time period;
i.e., for 40% duty cycle, it is 4 minutes welding and 6
minutes idling. If the rated duty cycle is significantly
...................................................................................... exceeded, the thermostatic protection will shut off the
ARC RAYS output until the machine cools to a normal operating
can burn. temperature.
* Wear eye, ear and body protec-
tion.
......................................................................................
Observe additional Safety Guidelines detailed in

the beginning of this manual.
PRECISION TIG 375

B-3 OPERATION B-3
RECOMMENDED PROCESSES AND EQUIPMENT

RECOMMENDED PROCESSES EQUIPMENT LIMITATIONS

The Precision TIG 375 is recommended for the TIG The Precision TIG machines are protected from over-
(GTAW) and Stick (SMAW) welding processes within loads beyond the electrical ratings and duty cycles, per
its output capacity range of 2 amps DC, or 5 amps AC, the Specifications Section A-2, A-3, with Thermostat
to 340 amps AC/DC. It is compatible with most protection of the primary and secondary transformer
Magnum TIG accessories (refer to Equipment coils.
Limitations), as well as many industry standard items,
such as TIG torches, hoses, and water coolers. The Precision TIG machines do not have Hi-Freq. avail-
able at the Stick electrode stud, therefore stud connec-
PROCESS LIMITATIONS tion adapters (such as LECO. S19257-series) cannot
Precision TIG machines are not recommended for arc be used for torch connection.
gouging due to it's limited output capacity, and are also
not recommended for pipe thawing.
CODES ABOVE 11000

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT/INTERFACE
TIG (water cooled) TIG (air cooled)

Machine: PT375 Welding Package (K2624-1) PT375(K2622-1, -2)
Input Cable/Clamp: User provided User provided
Gas Reg./Hose: (included) LE/Harris 3100211
Magnum Torch: (PTW20 included) PTA9 or PTA17

Magnum Parts: (KP510 and K918-2 included) KP507 or KP508
Work Clamp/Lead: (15 ft. included) K2150-1 Work Lead Assembly
Foot Amptrol: (K870 included) K870
CODES BELOW 11000

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT/INTERFACE
TIG (water cooled) TIG (air cooled)

Machine: PT375 Welding Package (K1903-1) PT275(K1833-1, -2, K1834-1)
Input Cable/Clamp: User provided User provided
Gas Reg./Hose: (included) LE/Harris 3100211
Magnum Torch: (PTW20 included) PTA9 or PTA17
Magnum Parts: (KP510 and K918-2 included) KP507 or KP508
Work Clamp/Lead: (15 ft. included) K2150-1 Work Lead Assembly
Foot Amptrol: (K870 included) K870 or K870-1
PRECISION TIG 375

B-4 OPERATION B-4
CONTROLS AND SETTINGS

The Front Control Panel contains the knobs and switches necessary for adjusting the operation of the Precision
TIG 375, with function indicator lights and an electronic display for volts and amps. The components are
described below:
FIGURE B.1 - CONTROL PANEL
1. POWER SWITCH
7 8 5 6 2. POLARITY SWITCH
3. MODE SWITCH
4. AC BALANCE CONTROL
5. LOCAL/REMOTE CURRENT CONTROL
SWITCH
6. MAXIMUM OUTPUT CONTROL
7. MINIMUM OUTPUT CONTROL AND
DISPLAY SWITCH
7.a MENU BUTTON AND DISPLAY
SWITCH FOR CODES 11000 AND
3 9 ABOVE
8. DIGITAL METER AND DISPLAY
SWITCH
9. POSTFLOW TIME
10 10. THERMAL SHUTDOWN LIGHT
4 11. REMOTE RECEPTACLE
12. TRIGGER SWITCH
13. PULSE MODE SWITCH

12 13 14 15 16 17 14. PULSE FREQUENCY CONTROL
15. PULSE % ON TIME CONTROL
16. PULSE BACKGROUND CURRENT
CONTROL
17. DOWNSLOPE TIME
1 11
18. HIGH FREQUENCY INTENSITY
CONTROL (NOT SHOWN LOCATION
ONLY)
2
18
STICK WORK
(Shown without hinged stud cover.)

1. POWER SWITCH - Input line switch turns input • The CC Stick mode may be used for general pur-
power ON or OFF, as indicated by the on or off sta- pose stick welding (SMAW ) within the capacity of
tus of the front panel displays. the machine. The capacity is too limited for carbon
arc gouging (CAC-A)
2. POLARITY SWITCH – The 3-position rotary power
switch has detente positions for DC-, AC and DC+ • In this mode; the output terminals are activated
selections for the Electrode output welding polarity. electrically HOT, gas flow is not activated and HOT
START and ARC FORCE levels are fixed, or
3. MODE SWITCH – The mode switch allows vertical- Advanced Panel selectable (See Section B-7 ), with
ly positioned selection of the two machine welding no front panel adjustment.
modes. The selected mode is indicated by a lit col-
ored panel light which permits viewing the machine TIG mode (Bottom position) – No panel light.
setting from a distance:
• When the Polarity Switch is set to AC, the TIG
STICK mode (Top position) –Red panel light
mode provides continuous high frequency to stabi-
WARNING lize the arc for AC TIG welding.
• Hi-Freq. turns on after preflow time with the arc

ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill.
• When the Power Source is ON in start switch closure, and turns off when the arc
STICK mode the Electrode circuits of goes out* after the arc start switch opens.
both the Stick and TIG torch cables
are electrically HOT to Work. * Arc voltage and current are sensed to determine if
------------------------------------------------------------------------ the arc is established or out.
PRECISION TIG 375
B-5 OPERATION B-5
• When the Polarity Switch is set to DC (- or +), the • With the Current Control switch to REMOTE posi-
TIG mode provides high frequency only for starting. tion, this knob sets the maximum welding level that
the Peak output can be set with the remote Amptrol.
• Hi-Freq. turns on after pre-flow time with the arc
start switch closure, and turns off when the arc is • The new MicroStartTM Technology minimum current
established* circuit provides for low end welding (down to 2
amps) previously unobtainable on an SCR platform
• DC+ polarity can also be used for "balling" of the TIG machine.
tungsten for AC TIG welding.
7. MINIMUM OUTPUT CONTROL AND DISPLAY SWITCH–
4. AC BALANCE CONTROL – The potentiometer con- A smaller knob is used to preset the minimum cur-
trol permits AC wave balance adjustment from Max. rent level only for TIG mode. Pressing the Display
Penetration (~85% negative wave) with the control at (momentary) switch toggle left to Minimum Set posi-
Max. full CW position, to Max. Cleaning (~65% pos- tion displays the Minimum control level setting on the
itive wave) with the control set near minimum CCW Digital meter. (See Item 8)
position.
• This knob sets the Start output level. When the arc
• Full minimum CCW position is the Auto Balance lights (using a new built-in TIG start pulse) this level
position which is indicated by the Green panel light upslopes quickly (0.5 sec.) and smoothly to the weld
turning on. This feature automatically provides the output level. The setting range for this Start control
proper amount of cleaning and penetration for nor- is the 2 amp minimum range of the machine up to
mal AC TIG welding about 50 amps, but no more than the level set by the
Maximum Output control knob (See Item 6), but oth-
• The mid position is the Balanced position (~50% erwise is independent of the Maximum setting.
positive and negative waves).
• This setting also serves as the Crater-fill level, it can
• The Balance control is only functional if the machine also be selected (see Section B-7) to be either the
is set to AC polarity and TIG mode. Minimum Output control setting (same as Start set-
ting) as shipped, or the minimum rating of the
5. LOCAL/REMOTE CURRENT CONTROL SWITCH – A machine (2 amps).
2-position switch selects how the welding output is
controlled for both Stick and TIG Modes: • The Remote Amptrol range of control is between
this Minimum setting and the Maximum Output con-
• LOCAL (Top position) selects output control only by trol knob setting, so these knobs can set the resolu-
the machine panel Output Control. (See Item 6) tion of the Amptrol. Also, the Minimum setting
serves as both the minimum Amptrol start level
• REMOTE (Bottom position) selects output control to when the arc start switch is closed, as well as the
also be by an Amptrol (See Item 6), or other remote minimum Amptrol crater-fill level before the arc start
(10K pot) control connected to the Remote recepta- switch is opened to help prevent premature arc out
cle (See Item 11) This switch selection is indicated and Hi-Freq re-initiation.
by the Green panel light turning on. .
• In STICK mode the Start control is not functional
In either position the arc start switch functions when since Hot Start level is fixed, or internal Advanced
connected to the Remote receptacle (See Item 11). Panel adjustable (see Section B-7). Pressing the
Display (momentary) switch toggle left to Minimum
6. MAXIMUM OUTPUT CONTROL – The large knob is Output position displays minimum amps rating of
used to set the output welding current over the rated the machine.
output range of the machine.
• With the Current Control switch to LOCAL position,

this knob sets the welding output level.
* Arc voltage and current are sensed to determine if

the arc is established or out.
PRECISION TIG 375

B-6 OPERATION B-6
7a MENU BUTTON AND DISPLAY SWITCH (codes TIG Mode Menu (with Advanced Control Panel installed):
above 11000) – Pressing and holding the (Menu) Setting: Description:

Button for about 5 seconds enters the menu display Selection 4: HS (TIG Hot Start % of output setting)
which allows: 0* +0% (Only setting for SS0, above.)
1 +10%
• Selection of up to seven programmable parameters 2 +20%
(Preflow, Upslope, Hot Start, Arc Force, etc.) on the 3 +30%
digital meter is achieved by momentarily pressing 4 +40%
5 +50%
and releasing the MENU button to step through the
6 +60%
parameters. 7 +70%
8 +80%
• Setting of the desired level, displayed on the digital 9 +90%
meter for the selected parameter, is done by press- Selection 5: UP (Upslope Time)
ing the DISPLAY (momentary) switch toggle to the 0 None (Only setting for SS1 & SS2, above.)
right to increase the level setting, or to the left to 1* 0.5 sec.
decrease it. 2 1.0 sec.
3 1.5 sec.
4 2.0 sec.
DIGITAL DISPLAY
5 2.5 sec.
* Default Factory Setting. (Indicated by "blinking" decimal point.)
(SELECT) (SET)
DISPLAY
STICK Mode Menu (with Advanced Control Panel installed ):
DISPLAY Setting: Description:
Selection 6: HS (Stick Hot Start % added to output setting)
0 +0%
1 +10%
2 +20%
TIG Mode Menu 3 +30%
Setting: Description: 4 +40%
Selection 1: HF (High Freq.) 5* +50%
0 Scratch start TIG (No Hi-Freq.) 6 +60%
1* Normal Hi-Freq. start and weld 7 +70%
2 Lift TIG (Touch start w/o Hi-Freq.) 8 +80%
Selection 2: PF (Preflow time) 9 +90%
0 No Preflow Selection 7: AF (Stick Arc Force % added to output setting)

1 0.1 sec. 0 +0% ("Softer" arc)

2* 0.5 sec. 1* +10%
3 1.0 sec. 2 +20%
4 1.5 sec. 3 +30%
5 2.0 sec. 4 +40%
Selection 3: SS (MicroStart™ Start Pulse) 5 +50%
0* No AC pulse/Low DC pulse (soft start) 6 +60%
1 High AC/DC pulse (forceful start) 7 +70%
2 HS setting (see below) for each pulse when Pulse 8 +80%
mode welding anodized aluminum. 9 +90% ("Crisper" arc)
* Default Factory Setting. (Indicated by "blinking" decimal point.) * Default Factory Setting. (Indicated by "blinking" decimal point.)
Only selectable with Factory installed Advanced Control Panel. Without Factory installed Advanced Control Panel the Stick
menu displays “- - -“.
• Any of the following actions will exit the menu display:
1. Pressing and holding the (Menu) Button again for about 5 seconds.
2. Allowing the menu display to be unchanged for about 15 seconds.
3. Closing the arc start switch (TIG Mode) or starting the arc (Stick Mode).
Note: In Stick Mode the machine output will remain on while in menu display.
• Re-entering the menu displays the last parameter and setting that was displayed when the menu was
exited.
• All settings may be reset to the Factory Default Settings (above) by holding the (Menu) button pressed while
turning on the machine’s Power switch. The display will show “rES” to indicate the defaults are reset.
PRECISION TIG 375

B-7 OPERATION B-7
8. DIGITAL METER AND DISPLAY SWITCH– A 3- • When the Current Control Switch is in either LOCAL
digit LED meter is used to monitor the preset and or REMOTE positions the arc start switch functions
actual welding procedure based on the Display when connected to the Remote receptacle.
(momentary) switch position: FIGURE B.2
• Before welding with Display switch in center (nor- REMOTE RECEPTACLE*
(Front View)
mal) position, the digital meter displays the preset ARC START REMOTE OUTPUT
welding amps set by Maximum Output control knob SWITCH CONTROL
C
(See Item 6). If in Stick mode using REMOTE (See D B
Max
10K ohm
Item 5.), the digital meter displays the preset weld- Min
E A
ing amps set by the Remote control. (See Item 11) F
• While welding with Display switch in center (normal)

position, the digital meter displays the actual weld- *For 18-12P Plug
(LECO S12020-27)
ing amps with one amp resolution (XXX) and accu-
racy within 4%+/-2A of reading.
• At any time in the TIG mode, pressing the Display
switch to left, causes the digital meter to display the ADVANCED PANEL CONTROLS
amps preset by the Minimum Output control knob The following controls are included as part of the
(See Item 7). Advanced Control Panel (K1829-1- standard on the

• At any time in the Stick mode, pressing the Display Precision TIG 375): Refer to Figure B.3 Tig Weld
switch to left, causes the digital meter to display the Cycle Chart for graphic illustration of these TIG welding
minimum amps rating of the machine (See Item 7). functions.
• In either mode, while pressing the Display switch
right to Volts position, the digital meter displays 12. TRIGGER SWITCH – This 2-position switch selects
actual output volts. Volts is displayed with 0.1 volt how the arc start switch (connected to the above
resolution (XX.X) and accuracy within 3%+/-1V of Remote receptacle) functions; in 2-Step or 4-Step
reading. mode:
9. POSTFLOW TIME – This knob is used to set the TIG CAUTION

mode shielding gas postflow time over the range of
about 2 to 60 seconds after the arc is shut off. The • DO NOT USE 4-STEP IF USING AN AMPTROL
postflow on time status is indicated by the Green REMOTE.
panel light. • Neither the arc start switch nor the output con-
trol in the amptrol will function normally to shut
• Gas preflow time for TIG mode is fixed at 0.5 sec-
off or control the output. ONLY USE 2-STEP.

onds, with no panel control. ------------------------------------------------------------------------

• In 2-Step position the arc start switch functions the
• Both time ranges are x2 extendable, if needed, by same as without the Advanced Panel:
internal control box selection. (See Section B-7)
1. Closing switch starts preflow, then a fixed
10. THERMAL SHUTDOWN LIGHT – This yellow LED (0.5 sec.) ramp time from Minimum (Start)
panel light turns on if the machine output is shut- setting level (See Item 7) to Weld setting.
down because internal overheating has occurred,
and turns off when the thermostat resets. 2. Opening switch initiates Downslope ramp
time setting (See Item 17), from Weld setting
11. REMOTE RECEPTACLE – A 6-socket receptacle to Crater-fill level (See Item 7), which then
is provided for the connection of an Amptrol, or stops the arc and initiates Postflow time
other remote control: (See Figure B.2) (See Item 9).
• When the Current Control Switch (See Item 5) is in Note: See Figure B.3 for 2-Step operation during
the REMOTE position, the Amptrol or other remote Downslope with Restart feature selected to be dis-
(10K pot) connected to the Remote receptacle con- abled, instead of enabled (as shipped).
trols the TIG or Stick mode output within the range
preset by the Maximum and Minimum Output con-
trols. (See Item 6, 7 and 8 for meter display.)
PRECISION TIG 375

B-8 OPERATION B-8
• The 4-Step position allows welding without continu- 14. PULSE FREQUENCY CONTROL – This knob is
ously holding the start switch trigger. The arc start used to set the Pulse Frequency over the peak
switch functions in the following manner: pulse range of about 0.1 pps to 20 pps. (One pulse
cycle time = 1/pps = 10 to .05 sec. range.)
1. Closing the switch starts preflow, then arc
starts at Minimum (Start) setting level (See 15. PULSE % ON TIME CONTROL (PULSE% ON /
Item 7). If the trigger is maintained closed SPOT TIME CONTROL for codes above 11000) •
after preflow time the output remains at the • % ON TIME controls the duration of the peak cur-
Start level until it is released. rent as a percentage (5% to 95%) of one pulse
cycle. The balance of the cycle time will be at the
2. Opening the switch initiates fixed (0.5 sec.) Background Current setting. (See Item 16)
ramp time from Start setting level to Weld
setting. • SPOT TIME sets the duration of the SPOT pulse
(0.5 to 5.0seconds on the red scale).
3. Reclosing the switch initiates Downslope
ramp time setting (See item 17) from Weld 16. PULSE BACKGROUND CURRENT CONTROL –
setting down to the Crater-fill level (See Item This knob controls the level of the Background
7) of the machine. Current as a percentage (MIN.-100%) of the Peak

(REMOTE and/or LOCAL) output level (See Item 6)
4. Reopening the switch after Downslope time down to the Minimum Output setting (See Item 7).
holds Crater-fill level until it times out, then
stops the arc and initiates the Postflow Time 17. DOWNSLOPE TIME– This knob is used to set the
(See Item 9). Reopening the switch during time, over the range of zero to about 10 seconds,
Downslope time immediately stops the arc to ramp down from weld setting to Crater-fill level
and initiates the Postflow. (See Item 7).
Note: See Figure B.4 for 4-Step operation during • If the arc goes out after the Downslope time is initi-
Downslope with Restart feature selected to be ated, the Downslope time is interrupted and the
enabled, instead of disabled (as shipped). Postflow time is initiated. This prevents Hi-Freq re-
initiation during ramp down crater fill
13.PULSE MODE SWITCH (PULSE / SPOT MODE • When using an Amptrol remote control, where the
SWITCH for codes above 11000) – Turns on the downslope is controlled by the operator down to the
Pulse Mode as indicated by the Green panel light crater-fill level, the Downslope time should be set to
turning on. zero so as not to have the Downslope time delay

when the arc start switch is opened.
• PULSE ON position provides a Peak current level
set by REMOTE and/or LOCAL control of the output 18. HIGH FREQUENCY INTENSITY CONTROL (NOT
current (See Item5), for a time determined by the SHOWN)- Allows setting the lowest intensity which
Pulse Frequency Control setting (See Item 14) and still gives good TIG arc starting with minimized
the % ON Time (See Item 15). The balance of the Radio Frequency Interference (RFI). Control knob
cycle time is at the Background Current level (See is located on a recessed panel near the easy
Item 16). accessible spark gap side panel. As shipped, the
control is set to minimum.
• Pulsing begins after upslope when the output cur-
rent rises above the Background Current level and
ends when the output current drops below this level.
• SPOT ON position provides the peak current level

set by the Maximum Output Control for a time
determined by the SPOT TIME control. A red panel

light is ON to indicate SPOT mode.
PRECISION TIG 375

B-9 OPERATION B-9
INTERNAL SET UP CONTROLS • Switch #7 Arc Force Level (codes below 11000)
Prevents "stubbing" of the electrode by providing

Precision TIG 375 Advanced Panel has the following extra output current if the arc voltage drops below
additional control features which are set up using the the level required to sustain the welding arc. High
DIP Switch (S1) provided on the internal panel of this (+65%) and Low (+12%) factory set levels are
option. selectable which are good for most stick welding
applications.
Access to this internal panel is obtained by removing
the two screws securing the top corners of the ON – Higher for a "crisper" arc, often desired for 6010
Precision TIG front control panel and swinging the con- type electrodes.
trol panel down to reveal the panel mounted on the sur- OFF – Lower Arc Force (as shipped) for a "softer" arc
face of the Precision TIG Control board: with 7018 or general type electrodes.
• Switch #6 & #7 - Not functional on codes

CAUTION above 11000 - See item 7a for
adjustment of Hot Start and
• THE CONTROL BOARDS CONTAIN STATIC SEN- Arc Force
SITIVE COMPONENTS • Switch #8 - Not functional.
• To avoid possible damage to these components

be sure to ground yourself by touching the TIG WELDING FEATURES
machine’s sheet metal while handling or making
settings on the internal control box components. The following DIP switch feature selections function
------------------------------------------------------------------------ only when the Precision TIG is set to TIG mode (See
PRECISION TIG ADVANCED PANEL Item 3):
(Internal Panel)
• Switch #1 Preflow/Postflow Time Extension* (See
^ ON
Item 9)
1234567
ON – Doubles the time ranges.

DIP SWITCH (S1) OFF – Standard time ranges (as shipped).
• Switch #2 2-Step Trigger Restart Feature (See

Figure B.3)
S F
HOT START
ARC FORCE ON – Restart Enabled (as shipped).
OFF – Restart Disabled.
ON • Switch #3 4-Step Trigger Restart Feature (See

Figure B.4)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
OFF ON – Restart Enabled.
DIP SWITCH POSITIONS (FACTORY SETTINGS) OFF – Restart Disabled (as shipped)
STICK WELDING FEATURES • Switch #4 - Not functional.
The following DIP switch feature selections function • Switch #5 Crater-Fill Level (See Item 7)
only when the Precision TIG is set to Stick mode. (See
Item 3): ON - Level is minimum rating of the machine (2A)
OFF – Level (as shipped) is Minimum Output setting
• Switch #6 Hot Start Level (codes below 11000)– (same as Start level).
Provides an extra output "boost" pulse at the arc
strike to enhance arc starting. This is factory set for

a level (about 50% extra) which is usually good for
most stick welding applications
ON – Hot Start level is used (as shipped).

OFF – No Hot Start.
PRECISION TIG 375

B-10 OPERATION B-10
FIGURE B.3
START/CRATER CURRENT
2 Step Trigger Modes UP-SLOPE

DOWN-SLOPE
Torch
Button
Output
Current
Pre-Flow Post Flow
Gas
Normal Sequence
2 Step - Restart Disabled

(With DIP Switch #2 OFF)
Torch
Button
Output
Current
Pre-Flow Post Flow
Gas
Actuate the trigger a second

time, during down-slope, to
immediately end down-slope.
Hold the trigger to maintain

crater current.
2 Step - Restart Enabled

(With DIP Switch #2 ON. As Shipped)
Torch
Button
Output
Current
Pre-Flow Post Flow
Gas
Actuate the trigger a second

time, during down-slope, to
activate up-slope and restart.
2 Step.eps
12-17-07
JRH
PRECISION TIG 375

B-11 OPERATION B-11
FIGURE B.4
START/CRATER CURRENT
4 Step Trigger Modes UP-SLOPE

DOWN-SLOPE
Torch
Button
Output
Current
Pre-Flow Post Flow Pre-Flow Post Flow
Gas
Normal Sequence
Hold the first trigger pull to maintain

the starting current and delay
up-slope.
4 Step - Restart Enabled

(With DIP Switch #3 ON)
Torch
Button
Output
Current
Pre-Flow Post Flow Post Flow
Gas
Hold the second trigger Actuate the trigger Actuate the trigger Or actuate and hold the trigger,
pull for more than 1 holding it less than 1 again, during during down-slope, to immediately
second to activate the second, to begin down-slope, to end down-slope and maintain
restart function. When the normal down-slope. immediately end crater current. Hold the trigger for
trigger is released The following two down-slope and stop. more than 1 second to activate the
up-slope will occur. options are available restart function. When the trigger
during the normal is released up-slope will occur.
down-slope period.
4 Step - Restart Disabled

(With DIP Switch #3 OFF. As Shipped)
Torch
Button
Output
Current
Pre-Flow Post Flow Post Flow Post Flow
Gas
Hold the second trigger Actuate the trigger Actuate the trigger a third Or actuate the trigger a third time,
pull for more than 1 holding it less than 1 time, during down-slope, to during down-slope, to immediately
second to maintain second, to begin immediately end down-slope end down-slope. Hold the third trigger
crater current before normal down-slope. and stop. pull to maintain crater current.
stopping. The following two
options are available
during the normal 4 Step.eps
down-slope period. 12-17-07
JRH
PRECISION TIG 375

B-12 OPERATION B-12
TIG WELD CYCLE CHART
CODES BELOW 11000 K1829-1)

2 or 4-STEP 4-STEP With PULSE ON 4-STEP Trigger 4-STEP Trigger
Trigger Trigger No Pulsing Re-closed or Re-opened
ST
Closed 1 Open During Upslope Time 2-STEP Trigger after
or Opened Downslope Time
SEE ITEM 12 SEE ITEM 12 When Downslope
Drops Below SEE ITEM 12 SEE ITEM 12
Background Setting
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
SETTING CRATER-FILL
Adjustable 2-Max.A LEVEL
Advanced
SEE ITEM 6 Panel Select:
Amptrol or Remote Mach. Min.
(PEAK) Range or
MIN. Setting
SEE ITEM 6 & 7 PULSE FREQ. % ON TIME (as w/o Panel)
Adjustable Adjustable
MINIMUM OUTPUT 0.1-20 pps 5-95%
(Start) SETTING
SEE ITEM 7
Adjustable 2-50A
SEE ITEM 14 SEE ITEM 15
BACKGROUND
SEE ITEM 7 Adjustable
MIN.Setting -100% Peak
PREFLOW UPSLOPE DOWNSLOPE POSTFLOW

SEE ITEM 16 Adjust 2-60 sec
Fixed 0.5 sec Fixed<0.5 sec Adjust 0 –10 sec
or x2 w/o Amptrol w/ Advan. Panel or x2
(Fixed 0 sec w/o)
SEE ITEM 9 SEE ITEM 7

START TIME SEE ITEM 17 SEE ITEM 9
CRATER-FILL TIME
Manual Manual in 2/4-Step
in 4-Step w/ Restart Disabled
SEE ITEM 12 & TIG

Welding Features
SEE ITEM 12
CODES ABOVE 11000 (K2621-1)

PRECISION TIG 375

B-13 OPERATION B-13
FIGURE B.6
Setup for TIG Amptrol Welding Standard Controls
Power Switch
ON
Mode Switch
TIG
AC Balance Polarity Switch

AUTO AC or DC-
or
Set:
More + for alum.oxide "Cleaning"
w/o "Spitting"or "wetting"loss.
Balanced for equal + and - current.
More - for higher "Penetration".
Local/Remote
Switch
REMOTE
Maximum Output
Set to desired max.
Amptrol output level.
Minimum Output
Press Display switch
and Set to desired min.
Min. to Max. Max. to Min. Amptrol (Start/Crater)
Amptrol Amptrol output level.
Postflow
Set as low as required.
Higher for larger
tungsten and current.
Advanced Panel
(If used)
Trigger Switch
2-STEP
Pulse Frequency
Pulse Switch
4-6 pps is a typical initial setting.
Set for bead shape and travel speed: ON or OFF
Higher for thinner plate and faster travel.
Lower for thicker plate and slower travel.
% On Time
40-60% is a typical initial setting.
Set for total heat of Peak current:
Lower reduces distortion and burn-thru.
Background Current
Downslope
40-60% is a typical initial setting.

Set as low as will maintain a pulse arc ZERO
(Will not drop below Min.Output setting.) For no arc-out delay.
Advanced Panel
Controls
SETUP GUIDELINES FOR TIG WELDING

WITH AN AMPTROL It is important to note that even with the Precision TIG’s
new MicroStartTM Technology, some tungsten may be
Both the Hand and Foot Amptrols work in a similar difficult to start at the low (2 amps) minimum rating of
manner. They are meant to be used for remote current the machine. Rather than guessing where to depress
control for TIG welding using the machine’s 2-Step trig- the Amptrol to start the arc reliably, the Minimum
ger mode (See Item 12). Output control allows presetting the exact level, so reli-
able starts, as well as minimum crater-fill levels, can be
The Amptrol is capable of controlling the output of the consistently obtained at the minimum Amptrol (inacti-
Precision TIG over the range between the level preset vated) state. FIGURE B.6 shows Precision TIG setup for
by the Minimum Output control when the Amptrol is at TIG welding with an Amptrol
its inactivated state, and the level preset by the
Maximum Output control when the Amptrol is at fully-
activated state.
PRECISION TIG 375

B-14 OPERATION B-14
MAKING A TIG WELD WITH AN AMPTROL to automatically purge air from the hose and torch,
then shields the arc strike area. After the 0.5 second
1. Install welding equipment per Section A-5. preflow time, the high frequency becomes available
to strike the arc. When the arc strikes the torch
2. Setup controls per Section B-10. coolant (if used) starts to flow. Also, if welding DC-
TIG, the high frequency shuts off just after the arc
3. Turn on the shielding gas supply, and torch coolant strikes.
input supply (if used).
Note: The Precision TIG Under-Cooler (or Water Solenoid 6. Hold the arc start switch closed at minimum Amptrol
connected to the Cooler receptacle) runs with the Fan-As- Start level (See Section B-10) until an arc is estab-
Needed machine cooling fan (See Maintenance Section lished, then increase the output to the desired weld-
D), so the cooler fan and water pump will also not run con- ing level and push the torch in the direction of trav-
tinuously in idle, but will run while welding. el.
4. With the torch held safely away from everything, 7. At the end of the weld, decrease the Amptrol output
close the Arc Start Switch of the Amptrol and set to the crater-fill level before releasing the arc start
the gas flow meter. Then open the switch. The switch to start the Postflow time. Hold the torch gas
welder is now ready for welding. shielding over the solidifying weld crater while post-
flow time expires and the gas valve reopens. The
5. Position the tungsten electrode at the start of the torch coolant (if used) continues to flow for up to 8
weld at a 65° to 75° angle with the horizontal, in the minutes after the arc goes out (with the Fan-As-
direction of pushing travel, so that the electrode is Needed feature) to assure torch cooling.
approximately 1/8" (4 mm) above the work piece. • Repeat steps 5 through 7 to make another weld.
Close the arc start switch. This opens the gas valve
RECOMMENDED ELECTRODE AMPERAGE RANGES - PRECISION TIG 375
SMAW Process
ELECTRODE POLARITY 3/32" 1/8" 5/32"
Fleetweld 5P, Fleetweld 5P+ DC+ 40 - 70 75 - 130 90 - 175
Fleetweld 180 DC+ 40 - 80 55 - 110 105 - 135
Fleetweld 37 DC+ 70 - 95 100 - 135 145 - 180
Fleetweld 47 DC- 75 - 95 100 - 145 135 - 200
Jet-LH MR DC+ 85 - 110 110 - 160 130 - 220
Blue Max Stainless DC+ 40 - 80 75 - 110 95 - 110

Red Baron Stainless DC+ 40 - 70 60 - 100 90 - 140
Mild steel procedures are based on recommended procedures listed in C2.10 8/94 and the maximum rating of the PRECISION TIG 375
Excaliber 7018 procedures are based on Jet-LH 78 MR
Blue Max procedures are based on C6.1 6/95
Red Baron Procedure are based on ES-503 10/93
GTAW Process
Electrode Polarity DC- AC* Approximate Argon
Electrode Tip Preparation Sharpened Balled Gas Flow Rate
EWZr C.F.H. (l/min.)
Electrode Type
EWTh-1, EWCe-2 EWTh-1, EWTh-2
EWTh-2, EWLa-1 EWP EWCe-2, EWLa-1 Stainless
Electrode Size (in.) EWG EWG Aluminum Steel
.010 Up to 15 A. Up to 15 A. Up to 15 A. 3-8 (2-4) 3-8 (2-4)
.020 Up to 15 A. 10 to 15 A. 5 to 20 A. 5-10 (3-5) 5-10 (3-5)
.040 Up to 80 A. 20 to 30 A. 20 to 60 A. 5-10 (3-5) 5-10 (3-5)
1/16 Up to 150 A. 30 to 80 A. 60 to 120 A. 5-10 (3-5) 9-13 (4-6)
3/32 Up to MAX. A. 60 to 130 A. 100 to 180 A. 13-17 (6-8) 11-15 (5-7)

1/8 X 100 to 180 A. 160 to 250 A. 15-23 (7-11) 11-15 (5-7)

Tungsten electrodes are classified as follows by the American Welding Society (AWS):
Pure .........................................EWP...........green
+1% Thoria ..............................EWTh-1......yellow
+2% Thoria ..............................EWTh-2......red
+2% Ceria................................EWCe-2 .....orange
+1.5% Lanthana ......................EWLa-1 ......black
+0.15 to 0.40% Zirconia ..........EWZr..........brown
Ceriated Tungsten is now widely accepted as a substitute for 2% Thoriated Tungsten in AC and DC applications.
Balanced Wave, Unbalanced Wave requires derating of the electrode.
PRECISION TIG 375
C-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS C-1
- ACCESSORIES -
Accessories...........................................................................................................................Section C
Optional Equipment for Codes Above 11000 .............................................................................C-2
Optional Equipment for Codes Below 11000..............................................................................C-3
PRECISION TIG 375

C-2 ACCESSORIES FOR CODES BELOW 11000 C-2
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS • K870-1 Start Pedal Foot Amptrol

Independent start pedal on control pedal provides
The basic Precision TIG 375 machine is factory two-stage foot action to easily feel start switch clo-
equipped with: sure at minimum output level for enhanced arc start
• K1839-1 Precision TIG Advanced Control Panel. and crater-fill control. Provided with adjustable, or
Provides 2/4-step trigger with adjustable Pulser con- removable heel stop and 25’ plug cable.(Refer to
trols and Down slope timer for TIG welding. Also Figure B.5)
includes adjustable Hot Start and Arc Force internal
panel controls for stick welding and other user selec- • K963-1,-2 Hand Amptrol
table features. Fastens to torch for convenient thumb activation of
• Power Factor correction capacitor. arc start switch and output control with 25’ plug
• A 3/8" Adapter (S20403-4) for air cooled torch con- cable:
nection of a PTA-9 or PTA-17. K963-1 is for PTA-9,-17 and PTW-20 Torches.
K963-2 is for PTA-26 and PTW-18 Torches.
Accessories that are factory installed with the
Domestic model (K1833-1) to make up the Domestic • K814 Arc Start Switch
Welding Package (K1903-1) include: Needed for TIG welding without an Amptrol.
Includes 25’ plug cable, and attaches to torch for
• K1828-1 Under-Cooler Cart convenient finger control.
• 3100211 Harris Argon Flow Regulator with 10’
hose.
• K870 Foot Amptrol • Magnum® PTA and PTW Series Torches
• K1784-4 25’ PTW-20 water-cooled TIG Torch All Air Cooled or Water-Cooled Magnum® TIG
• K918-2 Zippered Torch Cover Torches may be used with the Precision TIG 375.
• KPi510 Parts Kit for Torch Connection adapters are only required for Air-Cooled
• K2150-1 Work Lead Assembly Torches (Refer to Diagrams on A-7):
See below for more detailed descriptions.
K2166-1 7/8” Torch Connector for PTA-26 (one
FIELD INSTALLED OPTIONS piece)
The following Options/Accessories are available for the K2166-2 1/2” stud Connector for PTA Torch (two-
piece).
Precision TIG 375 and are installed per instructions in

this manual and/or provided in the package:
K2166-3 3/8” TIG Torch Connector for PTA-9,-17
• K1828-1 Under-Cooler Cart (one piece). (Included as S20403-4 with Precision
Includes a "cooler-in-a-drawer" with hoses and a TIG models.)
lockable storage drawer on a dual bottle undercar-
riage (see below). • 3100211 Harris Argon Flow Regulator (Includes 10’
hose.)
• K1869-1 Undercarriage
Includes a dual bottle rack with chain and an under- • K2150-1 Work Lead Assembly
carriage with 5" front casters,10" rear wheels and a 15ft. 2/0 cable with 1/2" stud lug and work clamp.
handle.
• K1830-1 Water Solenoid Kit

Provides for stopping flow of external water supply.
Connects to coolant inlet and cooler receptacle of
Precision TIG.
(Cannot be used with a water cooler.)
• K870 Foot Amptrol

Single pedal foot activation of arc start switch and
output control, with 25’ plug cable.
PRECISION TIG 375
C-3 ACCESSORIES FOR CODES ABOVE 11000 C-3
OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT
FACTORY INSTALLED OPTIONS • K963-1,-2 Hand Amptrol

Fastens to torch for convenient thumb activation of
The basic Precision TIG 375 machine is factory arc start switch and output control with 25’ plug
equipped with: cable:
• K2621-1 Precision TIG Advanced Control Panel K963-1 is for PTA-9,-17 and PTW-20 Torches.
Provides 2/4-step trigger with adjustable Pulser con- K963-2 is for PTA-26 and PTW-18 Torches.
trols and Down slope timer for TIG welding. Also
includes adjustable Hot Start and Arc Force internal • K814 Arc Start Switch
panel controls for Stick welding, and other user Needed for TIG welding without an Amptrol.
selectable features. Includes 25’ plug cable, and attaches to torch for
• Power Factor correction capacitor. convenient finger control.
• A 3/8" Adapter (S20403-4) for air cooled torch con-
nection of a PTA-9 or PTA-17.
• Magnum® PTA and PTW Series Torches
Accessories that are factory installed with the All Air Cooled or Water-Cooled Magnum® TIG
Domestic model (K1833-1) to make up the Domestic Torches may be used with the Precision TIG 375.
Welding Package (K1903-1) include: Connection adapters are only required for Air-Cooled
Torches (Refer to Diagrams on A-7):
• K1828-1 Under-Cooler Cart
• 3100211 Harris Argon Flow Regulator with 10’ K2166-1 7/8” Torch Connector for PTA-26 (one
hose. piece)
• K1784-4 25’ PTW-20 water-cooled TIG Torch K2166-2 1/2” stud Connector for PTA Torch (two-
• K918-2 Zippered Torch Cover piece).
• KPi510 Parts Kit for Torch
• K2150-1 Work Lead Assembly K2166-3 3/8” TIG Torch Connector for PTA-9,-17
See below for more detailed descriptions. (one piece). (Included as S20403-4 with Precision
TIG models.)
FIELD INSTALLED OPTIONS
• 3100211 Harris Argon Flow Regulator (Includes 10’
The following Options/Accessories are available for the hose.)
Precision TIG 375 and are installed per instructions in

this manual and/or provided in the package: • K2150-1 Work Lead Assembly
15ft. 2/0 cable with 1/2" stud lug and work clamp.
• K1828-1 Under-Cooler Cart
Includes a "cooler-in-a-drawer" with hoses and a
lockable storage drawer on a dual bottle undercar-
riage (see below).
• K1869-1 Undercarriage
Includes a dual bottle rack with chain and an under-
carriage with 5" front casters,10" rear wheels and a
handle.
• K1830-1 Water Solenoid Kit

Provides for stopping flow of external water supply.
Connects to coolant inlet and cooler receptacle of
Precision TIG.
(Cannot be used with a water cooler.)

Single pedal foot activation of arc start switch and
output control, with 25’ plug cable.
PRECISION TIG 375

Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC C-4
NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

C-4
D-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS D-1
-MAINTENANCE-
Maintenance ..........................................................................................................................Section D
Safety Precautions ......................................................................................................................D-2
Routine and Periodic Maintenance .............................................................................................D-2
Overload Protection ....................................................................................................................D-2
Service Procedures.....................................................................................................................D-3
Component Location and Access ...............................................................................................D-3
Spark Gap Adjustment................................................................................................................D-3
Under Cooler Service .................................................................................................................D-3
Major Component Location.........................................................................................................D-4
PRECISION TIG 375

D-2 MAINTENANCE D-2
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS OVERLOAD PROTECTION

FAN-AS-NEEDED (F.A.N.)
WARNING The Precision TIG 375 has the F.A.N. circuit feature,
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. which means the cooling fan will operate only while
welding; then for about 8 minutes after welding has
• Only qualified personnel should stopped to assure proper machine cooling. This helps
perform this maintenance. reduce the amount of dust and dirt drawn into the
machine with the cooling air. The cooling fan will oper-
• Turn the input power OFF at the ate briefly when the machine power is initially turned
disconnect switch or fuse box on, and continuously while the yellow Thermal
before working on this Shutdown Light is lit (see Thermostatic Protection).
equipment.
THERMOSTATIC PROTECTION
• Do not touch electrically hot
parts. This welder has thermostatic protection from excessive
duty cycles, overloads, loss of cooling, and excessive

ambient temperatures. When the welder is subjected to
WARNING an overload, or inadequate cooling, the primary coil
To avoid receiving a high frequency shock, keep the thermostat and/or secondary coil thermostat will open.
TIG torch and cables in good condition. This condition will be indicated by the illumination of
the yellow Thermal Shutdown Light on the front panel
(see Item 10 in Section B). The fan will continue to run
ROUTINE AND PERIODIC MAINTENANCE to cool the power source. Postflow occurs when TIG
welding is shut down, but no welding is possible until
Very little routine maintenance is necessary to keep the machine is allowed to cool and the yellow Thermal
your Precision TIG 375 running in top condition. No Shutdown Light goes out.
specific schedule can be set for performing the follow-
ing items; factors such as hours of usage and machine NO ARC PROTECTION
environment should be considered when establishing
a maintenance schedule. The machine outputs (Background / OCV, gas and HF)
will be shutdown, if the trigger is closed without weld-
• Periodically blow out dust and dirt which may accu-
ing for 15 seconds to protect the Background resistor

mulate within the welder using an air stream. from overheating with F.A.N. cooling off, as well as to
conserve on gas waste.
• Inspect welder output and control cables for fraying,
cuts, and bare spots. AUXILIARY POWER CIRCUIT BREAKER
• Inspect the spark gap at regular intervals to maintain The 115vac auxiliary circuits and rear receptacle (see
the recommended spacing. See the Service Section A Auxiliary Power Connections) are protected
Procedures (See Service Procedures in this from overloads by a 15 amp circuit breaker, located
Section) for complete information on spark gap set- above the receptacle. If the breaker trips its button
tings. pops out exposing a red ring. When the circuit breaker
cools the button can be reset by pressing it back in.
• The fan motor has sealed ball bearings which Note: When the breaker trips not only will the recepta-
require no maintenance. cle’s auxiliary and cooler power be interrupted, but so
will the power to the shielding gas solenoid and
machine cooling fan.
The Export models also include a 5 amp circuit break-

er, located on the opposite side of the upper case back,
for protection of the 220 VAC Schuko type cooler
receptacle.
PRECISION TIG 375

D-3 MAINTENANCE D-3
SERVICE PROCEDURES FIGURE C.1 SPARK GAP

Operation of the Precision TIG should be trouble-free

for the life of the machine. Should a malfunction occur,
however, the following procedures will be useful to
.015 Spark Gap
trained service personnel with experience in repairing
arc welding equipment:
COMPONENT ACCESS
The following components are accessible for routine Note: In highly dirty environments where there is an
set up and periodic service without requiring removal abundance of conductive contaminants, use a low
of the case sides or roof: pressure air stream or a firm piece of paper to clean
out the spark gap. Do not disturb the factory gap set-
• Input Reconnect Panel (refer Section A) is located ting.
behind a removable panel on the rear of the left case
side. Remove the two screws (with a screwdriver or To check the spark gap:
a 3/8"/ 9.5mm hex driver) on the bottom corners of 1. Turn the input power off per above.
this panel to remove it. 2. Remove the access panel on the right case side
(See Component Access).
• Control Box components and PC Boards (refer 3. Check the spark gap spacing with a feeler gauge.
Section B-6) are located behind the front control
panel. Remove the two screws (with a screwdriver or If adjustment is required:
a 3/8"/ 9.5mm hex driver) on the top corners of this 1. Adjust the gap by loosening the Allen head screw
panel to swing it down. on one of the aluminum blocks, reset the gap and
tighten the screw in the new position.
• Hi-Freq. Spark Gap Assembly (refer Spark Gap
Adjustment) is located behind a removable panel on If spark gap is correct:
the rear of the right case side, under the torch box. 1. Reinstall the access panel on the right case side.
Remove the screw (with a screwdriver or a 3/8"/
9.5mm hex driver) on the bottom center of this panel UNDER-COOLER SERVICE
to remove it.
The required maintenance and service instructions for
SPARK GAP ADJUSTMENT the Under-Cooler are provided in the operator’s manu-
al (IM723) provided with the Under-Cooler Cart.

The spark gap is set at the factory to a gap of 0.015
inches (0.4 mm) See Figure C.1. This setting is ade-
quate for most applications. Where less high frequency
is desired, the setting can be reduced to 0.008 inches
(0.2 mm).
WARNING
Use extreme caution when working with the high
frequency circuit. The high voltages developed can
be lethal. Turn the input power off using the dis-
connect switch or fuse box before working inside
the machine. This is particularly important when
working on the secondary circuit of the high volt-
age transformer (T3) because the output voltage is
dangerously high.
------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRECISION TIG 375

D-4 MAINTENANCE D-4
MAJOR COMPONENT LOCATIONS
1. Case Front Assembly

2. Arc Starter and Bypass Assembly
3. Case Back Assembly
4. Center Assembly
5. Case Cover Assembly
PRECISION TIG 375

E-1 E-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-THEORY OF OPERATION SECTION-
Theory of Operation..............................................................................................................Section E
General Description ....................................................................................................................E-2
Input Power Circuit ......................................................................................................................E-2
Output Rectification, Control Board and Feedback.....................................................................E-3
High Voltage/High Frequency Circuit ..........................................................................................E-4
DC Welding Output .....................................................................................................................E-5
AC Welding Output......................................................................................................................E-6
SCR Operation............................................................................................................................E-7
Protective Circuits .......................................................................................................................E-8

Fan As Needed (F.A.N.)........................................................................................................E-8
Thermal Protection ...............................................................................................................E-8
Overload Protection ..............................................................................................................E-8
FIGURE E.1 – PRECISION TIG 375 BLOCK LOGIC DIAGRAM
Precision Tig 375

BACKGROUND
CIRCUIT
FROM
CONTROL
BOARD REAR GANG
STICK OCV BOOST WORK
CIRCUIT
POLARITY
63.5 VAC
SWITCH
OPTIONAL POWER
FACTOR BYPASS BOARD
CORRECTION FROM CONTROL BOARD

CAPACITORS FRONT
ELECTRODE
HIGH FREQUENCY
POWER TRANSFORMER
SWITCH X1 REAR
ELECTRODE
78 VAC
CHOKE
RECONNECT
X3 HIGH FREQUENCY
PANEL
AC DC INTENSITY ADJUSTMENT
X2
HIGH VOLTAGE
SCR TRANSFORMER
BRIDGE
AC DC SHUNT
115 VAC
115 VAC
FEEDBACK
GATE LEADS
GAS
THERMOSTAT FANS SOLENOID
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
20 VAC
THERMOSTATS
20 VAC
CONTROL BOARD
ADVANCED CONTROL
LED's
PANEL RECEPTACLE
MINIMUM
OUTPUT
CONTROL PROTECTION METER STICK
BOARD TIG
SWITCH
LOCAL/REMOTE
BALANCE POST SWITCH
CONTROL FLOW
MAXIMUM
OUTPUT
CONTROL
REMOTE
RECEPTACLE
PRECISION TIG 375

E-2 E-2
THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.2 – GENERAL DESCRIPTION AND INPUT POWER CIRCUIT
Precision Tig 375

BACKGROUND
CIRCUIT
FROM
CONTROL
BOARD REAR GANG
CIRCUIT
POLARITY
63.5 VAC
SWITCH
OPTIONAL POWER
FACTOR BYPASS BOARD

CAPACITORS FRONT
ELECTRODE
HIGH FREQUENCY
POWER TRANSFORMER
SWITCH X1 REAR
ELECTRODE
78 VAC
CHOKE
RECONNECT
X3 HIGH FREQUENCY
PANEL
X2
HIGH VOLTAGE
SCR TRANSFORMER
BRIDGE
AC DC SHUNT
115 VAC
115 VAC
FEEDBACK
GATE LEADS
GAS
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
20 VAC
THERMOSTATS
20 VAC
CONTROL BOARD
ADVANCED CONTROL
LED's
PANEL RECEPTACLE
MINIMUM
OUTPUT
BOARD TIG
SWITCH
LOCAL/REMOTE
BALANCE POST SWITCH
CONTROL FLOW
MAXIMUM
OUTPUT
CONTROL
REMOTE
RECEPTACLE
GENERAL DESCRIPTION the reconnect panel. When the input power switch is
turned “on,” the input voltage is applied directly to the
The Precision TIG 375 is part of a new family of indus- primary winding of the main transformer.
trial arc welding power sources able to provide con-
stant current and single range square wave AC/DC Tig The main transformer changes the high voltage, low
(GTAW) with new Micro-StartTM Technology. It incorpo- current input power to a low voltage, high current out-
rates independent presettable minimum and maximum put available at the main secondary winding (X1 and
output control with built-in high frequency stabilization X2). This 78 VAC winding supplies power to the weld-
for continuous AC Tig welding and reliable DC Tig starting arc. This 78 VAC is tapped at X3 to provide power
ing. The Precision TIG 375 also has AC/DC stick to the stick OCV boost circuit. In addition, four auxiliary
(SMAW) capabilities. This new design includes windings are incorporated in the main transformer. The
advanced features such as a digital meter, presettable 115 VAC winding supplies power to the 115 VAC recep-
controls, auto balanceTM , fan as needed and timers for tacle. Through the control board, it also powers the gas
fixed preflow and variable post flow of shielding gas. It solenoid, the high voltage transformer, and the cooling
features a stick output terminal (front) and a universal fan. The cooling fan is activated only when welding cur-
Tig torch connection box (rear) for simultaneous, but rent is sensed. The 63.5 VAC winding provides power
separate, electrode outputs. for the DC background current. This circuit is active in
the DC TIG welding mode. The 20 VAC windings are
INPUT POWER CIRCUIT included in the main transformer assembly. The 20 VAC
winding is rectified on the control board and is used in
The desired single-phase input power is connected to the trigger circuitry. The other 20 VAC winding is used
the Precision TIG 375 through the power switch to the by the control board for phase detection. This AC volt-
reconnect panel located in the rear of the machine. age is also rectified to several DC voltages and regu-
The machine can be configured for any one of three lated to +15 VDC and +5 VDC power supplies that
input voltages (208 VAC, 230 VAC or 460 VAC) by con- operate the circuitry on the control board.
necting the jumper strap to the appropriate terminal on
NOTE: Unshaded areas of Block Logic Diagram are the subject of discussion.
PRECISION TIG 375

E-3 THEORY OF OPERATION E-3
FIGURE E.3 – OUTPUT RECTIFICATION, CONTROL BOARD AND FEEDBACK

Precision Tig 375

BACKGROUND
CIRCUIT
FROM
CONTROL
BOARD REAR GANG
CIRCUIT
POLARITY
63.5 VAC
SWITCH
OPTIONAL POWER
FACTOR BYPASS BOARD

CAPACITORS FRONT
ELECTRODE
HIGH FREQUENCY
POWER TRANSFORMER
SWITCH X1 REAR
ELECTRODE
78 VAC
CHOKE
RECONNECT
X3 HIGH FREQUENCY
PANEL
X2
HIGH VOLTAGE
SCR TRANSFORMER
BRIDGE
AC DC SHUNT
115 VAC
115 VAC
FEEDBACK
GATE LEADS
GAS
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
20 VAC
THERMOSTATS
20 VAC
CONTROL BOARD
ADVANCED CONTROL
LED's
PANEL RECEPTACLE
MINIMUM
OUTPUT
BOARD TIG
SWITCH
LOCAL/REMOTE
BALANCE POST SWITCH
CONTROL FLOW
MAXIMUM
OUTPUT
CONTROL
REMOTE
RECEPTACLE
OUTPUT RECTIFICATION,
CONTROL BOARD AND FEEDBACK
The AC output from the main transformer secondary is The control board also monitors the thermostats and
rectified and controlled through the SCR bridge. controls the gas solenoid, the thermal light, the high
Output current is sensed at the shunt as a low voltage voltage transformer and the cooling fan. The advanced
signal and fed back to the control board. The control control panel also plugs into and interfaces with the
board senses the status and settings of the various control board.
operator controls such as the Stick/TIG switch, the out-
put controls, the remote control receptacle, the
local/remote switch, the balance control and the post-
flow control. Circuitry on the control board evaluates
these commands, compares them to the feedback
information received from the shunt and sends the
appropriate gate firing signals to the output SCR

bridge. The control board regulates the firing of the out-
put SCRs, which, in turn, control the output of the
machine. See SCR Operation.
PRECISION TIG 375
FIGURE E.4 – HIGH VOLTAGE / HIGH FREQUENCY CIRCUIT
Precision Tig 375

BACKGROUND
CIRCUIT
FROM
CONTROL
BOARD REAR GANG
CIRCUIT
POLARITY
63.5 VAC
SWITCH
OPTIONAL POWER
FACTOR BYPASS BOARD

CAPACITORS FRONT
ELECTRODE
HIGH FREQUENCY
POWER TRANSFORMER
SWITCH X1 REAR
ELECTRODE
78 VAC
CHOKE
RECONNECT
X3 HIGH FREQUENCY
PANEL
X2
HIGH VOLTAGE
SCR TRANSFORMER
BRIDGE
AC DC SHUNT
115 VAC
115 VAC
FEEDBACK
GATE LEADS
GAS
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
20 VAC
THERMOSTATS
20 VAC
CONTROL BOARD
ADVANCED CONTROL
LED's
PANEL RECEPTACLE
MINIMUM
OUTPUT
BOARD TIG
SWITCH
LOCAL/REMOTE
BALANCE POST SWITCH
CONTROL FLOW
MAXIMUM
OUTPUT
CONTROL
REMOTE
RECEPTACLE
HIGH VOLTAGE/HIGH FREQUENCY

CIRCUIT
The control board passes the 115 VAC voltage to the The Precision TIG 375 has a high frequency adjust-
primary of the high voltage transformer. The secondary ment that allows the operator to control the intensity of
of the high voltage transformer is coupled to a spark the high frequency circuit.
gap generator and also to the primary winding of the
high frequency transformer. The secondary of the high
frequency transformer is in series with the rear elec-
trode output terminal. The high frequency “spark” is
present at the electrode terminal and is transferred to
the Tig torch.
PRECISION TIG 375

E-5 E-5
THEORY OF OPERATION
FIGURE E.5 – DC WELDING OUTPUT
Precision Tig 375

BACKGROUND
CIRCUIT
FROM
CONTROL
BOARD REAR GANG
CIRCUIT
POLARITY
63.5 VAC
SWITCH
OPTIONAL POWER
FACTOR BYPASS BOARD

CAPACITORS FRONT
ELECTRODE
HIGH FREQUENCY
POWER TRANSFORMER
SWITCH X1 REAR
ELECTRODE
78 VAC
CHOKE
RECONNECT
X3 HIGH FREQUENCY
PANEL
X2
HIGH VOLTAGE
SCR TRANSFORMER
BRIDGE
AC DC SHUNT
115 VAC
115 VAC
FEEDBACK
GATE LEADS
GAS
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
20 VAC
THERMOSTATS
20 VAC
CONTROL BOARD
ADVANCED CONTROL
LED's
PANEL RECEPTACLE
MINIMUM
OUTPUT
BOARD TIG
SWITCH
LOCAL/REMOTE
BALANCE POST SWITCH
CONTROL FLOW
MAXIMUM
OUTPUT
CONTROL
REMOTE
RECEPTACLE
DC WELDING OUTPUT
When the polarity switch is placed in either DC position, the When the machine is in the DC mode, the background cir-
AC voltage from the main transformer secondary is applied cuitry provides an add boost voltage to the output termi-
to the SCR bridge. The SCR bridge and choke circuits are nals. This circuitry is controlled by the control board.
connected in the conventional full wave bridge and filter

configuration, resulting in a controlled DC output. Since
the choke is in series with the negative leg of the bridge
and also in series with the welding load, a filtered DC is
applied to the output terminals. The bypass board protects
the internal circuitry from interference.
FIGURE E.6 DC WELDING CURRENT GENERATION

CHOKE
ELECTRODE
G
G
DC
PRIMARY
10 G
G
WORK
PRECISION TIG 375
FIGURE E.7 – AC WELDING OUTPUT
Precision Tig 375

BACKGROUND
CIRCUIT
FROM
CONTROL
BOARD REAR GANG
CIRCUIT
POLARITY
63.5 VAC
SWITCH
OPTIONAL POWER
FACTOR BYPASS BOARD

CAPACITORS FRONT
ELECTRODE
HIGH FREQUENCY
POWER TRANSFORMER
SWITCH X1 REAR
ELECTRODE
78 VAC
CHOKE
RECONNECT
X3 HIGH FREQUENCY
PANEL
X2
HIGH VOLTAGE
SCR TRANSFORMER
BRIDGE
AC DC SHUNT
115 VAC
115 VAC
FEEDBACK
GATE LEADS
GAS
115 VAC
115 VAC
115 VAC
20 VAC
THERMOSTATS
20 VAC
CONTROL BOARD
ADVANCED CONTROL
LED's
PANEL RECEPTACLE
MINIMUM
OUTPUT
BOARD TIG
SWITCH
LOCAL/REMOTE
BALANCE POST SWITCH
CONTROL FLOW
MAXIMUM
OUTPUT
CONTROL
REMOTE
RECEPTACLE
AC WELDING OUTPUT
Rotating the polarity switch to the AC position changes electrically across the negative and positive SCR
the welding power circuit. One lead (X1) of the main bridge connections. With the ability of the choke to
transformer secondary is connected to the machine’s store energy and the SCRs to turn on at the appropri-
output work terminal. The other secondary lead (X2) is ate times, an AC square wave is developed and applied
connected to one of the AC connections of the SCR to the output terminals. The bypass board protects the
bridge. The electrode terminal is connected to the internal circuitry from interference.
other AC side of the bridge. The choke is now
FIGURE E.8 DC WELDING CURRENT GENERATION

G CHOKE
G
ELECTRODE
G
G
DC
PRIMARY
10
WORK
PRECISION TIG 375
FIGURE E.9 – SCR OPERATION
INPUT
CATHODE
OUTPUT
NOTE: AS THE GATE
ANODE GATE PULSE IS APPLIED

LATER IN THE CYCLE
THE SCR OUTPUT
GATE IS DECREASED.
SCR OPERATION
A silicon controlled rectifier (SCR) is a three-terminal An SCR is fired by a short burst of current into the gate.
device used to control rather large currents to a load . This gate pulse must be more positive than the cathode
An SCR acts very much like a switch. When a gate sig- voltage. Since there is a standard PN junction between
nal is applied to the SCR, it is turned ON and there is gate and cathode, the voltage between these terminals
current flow from anode to cathode. In the ON state the must be slightly greater than 0.6V. Once the SCR has
SCR acts like a closed switch. When the SCR is turned fired, it is not necessary to continue the flow of gate
OFF there is no current flow from anode to cathode. current. As long as current continues to flow from
Thus, the device acts like an open switch. As the name anode to cathode, the SCR will remain on. When the
suggests, the SCR is a rectifier, so it passes current anode to cathode current drops below a minimum
only during positive half cycles of the AC supply. The value, called holding current, the SCR will shut off. This
positive half cycle is the portion of the sine wave in normally occurs as the AC supply voltage passes
which the anode of the SCR is more positive than the through zero into the negative portion of the sine wave.
cathode. If the SCR is turned on early in the positive half cycle
the conduction time is longer, resulting in greater SCR
output. If the gate firing occurs later in the cycle the
When an AC supply voltage is applied to the SCR, the conduction time is less, resulting in lower SCR output.
device spends a certain portion of the AC cycle time in
the on state and the remainder of the time in the off

state. The amount of time spent in the ON state is con-
trolled by the gate.
PRECISION TIG 375

PROTECTION CIRCUITS
Protection circuits are designed into the Precision TIG
375 machine to sense trouble and shut down the
machine before the trouble damages internal machine
components. Both thermal protection and current over-
load are included.
FAN-AS-NEEDED (F.A.N.)
The Precision Tig 375 has the F.A.N. (fan as needed)
circuit feature, which means that the cooling fan will
operate only while welding; then for about eight min-
utes after welding has stopped to assure proper
machine cooling. This helps reduce the amount of dirt
and dust drawn into the machine along with the cooling
air. The cooling fan will operate briefly when the

machine power is initially turned on, and continuously
while the yellow Thermal shutdown light is lit.
THERMAL PROTECTION
This welder has thermostatic protection from excessive
duty cycles, overloads, loss of cooling and excessive
ambient temperatures. When the welder is subjected
to an overload, or inadequate cooling, the primary coil
thermostat and/or secondary coil thermostat will open.
This condition will be indicated by the illumination of
the yellow Thermal Shutdown light on the front panel.
The fan will continue to run to cool the power source.
Postflow occurs when Tig welding is shut down, but no
welding is possible until the machine is allowed to cool

and the yellow Thermal Shutdown light goes out. Once
the machine cools sufficiently, the thermostats are self-
resetting. If the shutdown is caused by excessive out-
put or duty cycle and the fan is operating normally, the
power may be left on and the reset should occur with-
in a 15 minute period. If the fan is not functioning prop-
erly or the air intake louvers are obstructed, the input
power must be removed and the fan problem or air
obstruction corrected.
OVERLOAD PROTECTION
The machine is electronically protected from producing
excessively high output currents.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-1 TABLE OF CONTENTS F-1
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR SECTION
Troubleshooting & Repair Section.................................................................................Section F

How to Use Troubleshooting Guide .......................................................................................F-2
PC Board Troubleshooting Procedures and Replacement ....................................................F-3
Troubleshooting Guide ...........................................................................................................F-4
Test Procedures
Meter Calibration Adjustments ......................................................................................F-19
High Frequency Circuit Disable Procedure ...................................................................F-23
Protection Board Test ....................................................................................................F-25
T1 Main Transformer Test ..............................................................................................F-27
Gas (Water) Solenoid Test ............................................................................................F-31
Static SCR Test .............................................................................................................F-33
Active SCR Test.............................................................................................................F-35
Typical Output Voltage Waveform (DC Tig Mode) .........................................................F-39
Typical Output Voltage Waveform (AC Tig Mode) .........................................................F-40

Typical AC Voltage Waveform - 50 AMPS (AC Tig Mode).............................................F-41
Typical AC Voltage Waveform - 2 AMPS (AC Tig Mode)..............................................F- 42
Typical Output Voltage Waveform - 200 AMPS ( DC Tig Mode) ..................................F-43
Replacement Procedures
High Voltage Transformer Removal & Replacement .....................................................F-45
Control Board Removal and Replacement....................................................................F-49
SCR Bridge Assembly Removal and Replacement ......................................................F-53
Mounting of Stud Type Diodes to Aluminum Heatsink ..................................................F-55
SCR Removal and Replacement ..................................................................................F-57
Polarity Switch Removal and Replacement...................................................................F-63
Retest after Repair ........................................................................................................F-65
PRECISION TIG 375

F-2 TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR F-2
HOW TO USE TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric Factory Trained Personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician and machine
operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid Electrical Shock, please
observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual.
This Troubleshooting Guide is provided to help The last column, labeled “Recommended Course
you locate and repair possible machine malfunc- of Action” lists the most likely components that
tions. Simply follow the three-step procedure list- may have failed in your machine. It also speci-
ed below. fies the appropriate test procedure to verify that
the subject component is either good or bad. If

there are a number of possible components,
Step 1. LOCATE PROBLEM (SYMPTOM). Look check the components in the order listed to elim-
under the column labeled “PROBLEM (SYMP- inate one possibility at a time until you locate the
TOMS). This column describes possible symp- cause of your problem.
toms that the machine may exhibit. Find the list-
All of the referenced test procedures referred to in
ing that best describes the symptom that the
the Troubleshooting Guide are described in detail
machine is exhibiting. Symptoms are grouped
at the end of this chapter. Refer to the
into four main categories: Output Problems,
Troubleshooting and Repair Table of Contents to
Function Problems, Cutting Problems and LED
locate each specific Test Procedure. All of the
Function Problems.
referred to test points, components, terminal
strips, etc., can be found on the referenced elec-
trical wiring diagrams and schematics. Refer to
Step 2. PERFORM EXTERNAL TESTS. The
the Electrical Diagrams Section Table of Contents
second column, labeled “POSSIBLE AREAS OF
to locate the appropriate diagram.
MISADJUSTMENT(S)”, lists the obvious external
possibilities that may contribute to the machine
symptom. Perform these tests/checks in the order

listed. In general, these tests can be conducted
without removing the case wrap-around cover.
Step 3.RECOMMENDED COURSE OF ACTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs
safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before
you proceed. Call 1-888-935-3877.
WARNING
HIGH VOLTAGE/ HIGH FREQUENCY can damage test equipment.

* Perform all voltage and wave form checks with high frequency circuit OFF. Perform
High Frequency Disable Procedure.
PRECISION TIG 375

PC BOARD TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES

WARNING • Remove the PC Board from the static-shielding bag

and place it directly into the equipment. Don’t set
the PC Board on or near paper, plastic or cloth
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. which could have a static charge. If the PC Board
*Have an electrician install and service can’t be installed immediately, put it back in the
this equipment. Turn the machine static-shielding bag.
OFF before working on equipment. • If the PC Board uses protective shorting jumpers,
Do not touch electrically hot parts. don’t remove them until installation is complete.
• If you return a PC Board to The Lincoln Electric
Sometimes machine failures appear to be due to PC Company for credit, it must be in the static-shielding
Board failures. These problems can sometimes be bag. This will prevent further damage and allow
traced to poor electrical connections. To avoid problems proper failure analysis.
when troubleshooting and replacing PC Boards, please 4. Test the machine to determine if the failure symp-
use the following procedure: tom has been corrected by the replacement PC
Board.
1. Determine to the best of your technical ability that .......................................................................................

the PC Board is the most likely component causing NOTE: It is desirable to have a spare (known good) PC
the failure symptom. Board available for PC Board troubleshooting.
2. Check for loose connections at the PC Board to NOTE: Allow the machine to heat up so that all electri-
assure that the PC Board is properly connected. cal components can reach their operating tem-
3. If the problem persists, replace the suspect PC perature.
Board using standard practices to avoid static elec- 5. Remove the replacement PC Board and substitute
trical damage and electrical shock. Read the warn- it with the original PC Board to recreate the original
ing inside the static resistant bag and perform the problem.
following procedures:
a. If the original problem does not reappear
PC Board can be damaged by by substituting the original board, then the
static electricity. PC Board was not the problem. Continue
to look for bad connections in the control
• Remove your body’s static charge

before opening the static-shielding wiring harness, junction blocks, and termi-
bag. Wear an anti-static wrist nal strips.
ATTENTION strap. For safety, use a 1 Meg ohm b. If the original problem is recreated by the
Static-Sensitive resistive cord connected to a substitution of the original board, then the
Devices grounded part of the equipment PC Board was the problem. Reinstall the
Handle only at frame. replacement PC Board and test the
Static-Safe machine.
• If you don’t have a wrist strap,
Workstations
touch an unpainted, grounded, 6. Always indicate that this procedure was followed
part of the equipment frame. Keep when warranty reports are to be submitted.
touching the frame to prevent stat-
ic build-up. Be sure not to touch NOTE: Following this procedure and writing on the
any electrically live parts at the warranty report, “INSTALLED AND
same time. SWITCHED PC BOARDS TO VERIFY PROB-
LEM,” will help avoid denial of legitimate PC
• Tools which come in contact with the PC Board must Board warranty claims.
be either conductive, anti-static or static-disipative.
PRECISION TIG 375

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Observe Safety Guidelines

detailed in the beginning of this manual.
PROBLEMS POSSIBLE AREAS OF RECOMMENDED

(SYMPTOMS) MISADJUSTMENT(S) COURSE OF ACTION
OUTPUT PROBLEMS
The machine is dead. No weld out- 1. Check the input voltage. The 1. Check the input power switch,
put – no 115 VAC at the receptacle. input voltage must match the rat- reconnect panel and associated
ing plate and the voltage connec- wires for loose or faulty connec-
tion. Refer to Reconnect tions.
Procedure in the Installation
2. The input power switch may be
section of this manual.
faulty.
2. Make sure that the input power
3. Perform the T1 Transformer
switch is in the “ON” position.
Test.
3. Check for blown or missing
fuses in the input lines.
4. Check circuit breaker CB1.
Reset if necessary.
CAUTION
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the test/repairs safely, con-
tact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshooting assistance before you proceed.
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-5 F-5
TROUBLESHOOTING & REPAIR
TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
Observe Safety Guidelines


OUTPUT PROBLEMS
No welding output. The 115 VAC is 1. Make sure the polarity switch is 1. Check for loose or faulty connec-
present at the receptacle. in the proper position and functions on the heavy current carry-
tioning correctly. ing leads. (Polarity switch, output
choke, output terminals, etc.)
2. One of the thermostats may be
tripped. Allow the machine to 2. Check for faulty connections or a
cool. The thermal light will be defective thermostat. Check
on. leads #213 and #214. See the
Wiring Diagram. The thermal
3. Make sure the welding cables,
light will be on.

torch and connections are in

NOTE: BEFORE REPLACING A good operating condition. 3. Check the N.O. Micro Switch on
CONTROL BOARD the Input Power switch. See
Wiring Diagram.
If an Advanced Control Panel is
installed, remove it and replace 4. Perform the T1 Transformer
the Jumper in connector J-3. If Test.
the machine functions normally,
the Advanced Process panel or 5. Perform the SCR Bridge Test.
harness is defective. 6. Check the output controls R1, R4
and associated wiring. See
Wiring Diagram.
7. Check the J4 connection on the
control board.
8. The control board may be faulty.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

Observe Safety Guidelines TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

OUTPUT PROBLEMS
No output from the machine in 1. The welding application may 1. One of the thermostats may be
either Stick or TIG modes. The have exceeded the recommend- faulty. Check or replace. See
thermal light is on. ed duty cycle. Allow the fans to the Wiring Diagram.
cool the until the thermal light is
2. Check for loose or faulty wires on
off.
the thermostats and associated
2. The air louvers may be blocked. circuitry. See the Wiring
NOTE: BEFORE REPLACING A Remove the air obstruction and Diagram.
CONTROL BOARD allow the unit to cool.
3. Check the N.O. Micro Switch on
If an Advanced Control Panel is the Input Power Switch. See

installed, remove it and replace Wiring Diagram.
the Jumper in connector J-3. If
4. The fan motor may be faulty or
mechanically obstructed. The
the Advanced Process panel or
fan should run when welding or
harness is defective.
when a thermostat is open.
The machine does not respond (no 1. Make sure the machine is in the 1. Perform the Protection Board
gas flow, no high frequency and no TIG mode. Test.
open circuit voltage) when the arc
2. The Amptrol or arc start switch 2. Perform the T1 Transformer
start switch or Amptrol is activated.
may be defective. Check for Test.
The thermal light is not lit.
continuity ( zero ohms) between
pins “D” and “E” on the cable
connector when the Amptrol or

arc start is pressed.
NOTE: BEFORE REPLACING A
3. Check the Local/Remote switch
CONTROL BOARD
for proper operation.
installed, remove it and replace
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Observe Safety Guidelines

OUTPUT PROBLEMS
The machine does not have welding 1. Check the electrode cable and 1. Check the Stick/TIG switch and
output in the Stick mode. The holder for loose or faulty connec- associated leads. See the Wiring
machine operates correctly in the tions. Diagram.
TIG mode.
2. Make sure the Stick/TIG switch is 2. The control board may be faulty.
SEE NOTE BELOW in the proper position and operat-
ing correctly.
The machine has welding output in 1. Make sure the Stick/TIG switch is 1. Check the remote control recep-
the Stick mode but no output in the in the proper position and operat- tacle and associated wiring. See
TIG mode. ( no gas flow or high fre- ing correctly. the Wiring Diagram.
quency).
2. The remote control device may 2. Perform the Protection Board
be faulty. Test.
SEE NOTE BELOW 3. Check the J11 plug on the con-
trol board. See the Wiring
Diagram.
The machine welds at a very low 1. If welding in the TIG mode, the 1. Check the polarity switch and
output regardless of the current remote control device may be associated leads.
control setting. defective.

2. Check the interior connections of
2. Make certain the input line volt- the heavy current carrying leads.
age is correct for the machine’s
3. Perform the SCR Bridge Test.
reconnect configuration.
NOTE: BEFORE REPLACING A 4. Perform the T1 Transformer
3. Check the welding cables and/ or
CONTROL BOARD Test.
torch for loose or faulty connec-
If an Advanced Control Panel is tions. 5. Check the output current con-
installed, remove it and replace trols for proper operation.
the Jumper in connector J-3. If Normal resistance is 10,000
the machine functions normally, ohms. See the Wiring Diagram.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-8 F-8


OUTPUT PROBLEMS
The machine welds at a very high 1. If welding in the TIG mode, the 1. Perform the SCR Bridge Test.
output regardless of the current remote control device may be
control setting. defective.
Test.
3. Check the output current con-
NOTE: BEFORE REPLACING A trols for proper operation. Normal
CONTROL BOARD resistance is 10,000 ohms. See
the Wiring Diagram.
installed, remove it and replace 4. Check leads #221 and #222

the Jumper in connector J-3. If between the output shunt and
the machine functions normally, the control board. See the
the Advanced Process panel or Wiring Diagram.
5. The control may be faulty.
Accessories plugged into the 120 1. Make sure the accessory, plug 1. The circuit breaker (CB1) may be
volt receptacle do not work. and associated leads are in good faulty.
working condition.
2. Check the receptacle and asso-
2. Make certain the correct input ciated leads for loose or faulty
voltage is being applied to the connections.
machine. ( The reconnect lead
must be in the correct position.)
Test.
3. The circuit breaker CB1 may be
tripped. Reset if necessary.

4. Only the top part of the recepta-
cle is electronically “Hot” all of the
time.
Output stays on after releasing 1. Downslope is not set at min. 1. Check Downslope setting.
hand/foot Amptrol (machine with
2. Bad Downslope potentiometer 2. Check R12 & its connection.
Advanced Control panel only)
R12 or its connection.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-9 F-9


OUTPUT PROBLEMS
The machine makes a very loud 1. Inspect the output terminal insu- 1. Diode D1 may be shorted.
buzzing noise in DC Stick or in DC lators for cracks or signs of over- Check and replace if necessary.
TIG modes. There is no current heating.
2. Check the polarity switch (S2) for
draw from the machine’s output ter-
proper function and correct con-
minals. (The machine is not exter-
nections.
nally loaded).
3. Perform the SCR Bridge Tests.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-10 F-10


TIG WELDING PROBLEMS
The machine output is intermittent- 1. The problem may be caused by 1. Check for the loose or faulty con-
ly lost. Gas flow and high frequen- high frequency interference. nections on the leads between
cy are also interrupted. Make sure that the machine is the remote receptacle, the pro-
grounded properly according to tection board and plug J22 on
the installation instructions. If the protection board. See the
there are other high frequency Wiring Diagram.
sources in the area, make cer-
NOTE: BEFORE REPLACING A 2. Check plugs J5 and J23 on the
tain that they are grounded prop-
CONTROL BOARD protection board for loose or
erly.
faulty connections.
2. Make sure the Amptrol is operat-
installed, remove it and replace 3. Perform the Protection Board
ing properly.
the Jumper in connector J-3. If Test.
the machine functions normally, 3. Check to make sure that the
the Advanced Process panel or input voltage is correct for the
harness is defective. machine. Refer to Reconnect 5. Check the ground connection of
Procedure in the Installation the bypass/ stabilizer pc board.
section of this manual. See the Wiring Diagram.
No gas or water flow ( with optional 1. The gas (or water) supply is 1. Perform the Gas Solenoid Test.
water solenoid) when the arc start either empty or not turned on.
switch or Amptrol is activated in the

2. The flow regulator may be set
TIG mode. All other machine func-
too low.
tions are normal.
3. Check the supply hoses for kinks
or blockages.
4. The filters may be blocked.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-11 F-11


No high frequency. The machine is 1. If the machine is in a dirty envi- 1. Check the high voltage trans-
in the TIG mode and has normal ronment with conductive contam- former (T2). The normal resis-
output. inants, check and clean the spark tance of the secondary winding is
gap with a low pressure air 12.5k ohms.
stream per the maintenance
instructions.
WARNING
NOTE: BEFORE REPLACING A 2. Check the spark gap operations
CONTROL BOARD and setting. Normal is (0.015”). ELECTRIC SHOCK
Refer to the Maintenance CAN KILL. When

Section of this manual. 115 VAC is applied
to T2, a very high
the Jumper in connector J-3. If 3. Check circuit breaker CB1. Reset
voltage is developed
the machine functions normally, if necessary.
on the secondary winding. For
4. Check connection J12 on the assistance, call the Lincoln Electric
control board. Service Department. 1-888-935-
3877.
2. Check R5, C6, C7, L2, R13 and
L3. Replace if defective. See
Wiring Diagram
3. The control board may be faulty,
The High frequency is on continu- 1. None 1. Check plug J11 on the control
ously in DC TIG or shuts off in AC board. See the Wiring Diagram.
TIG.
2. Check micro-switch S2A for
proper operation. See the Wiring
Diagram.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-12 F-12


High frequency “spark” is present 1. The spark gap may be too large. 1. The high voltage transformer
but weak. Check and reset per instructions (T2) may be faulty.
in the Maintenance Section of
2. Capacitor C6 may be faulty.
this manual.
3. The high frequency transformer
2. The work and/or torch cables
(T3) may be faulty.
may be in poor condition allow-
ing the high frequency to “leak”
to ground. Use good quality
cables, preferably those with a

high natural rubber content and
as short as possible.
3. If helium shielding gas is being
used, reduce the percentage of
helium.
4. Make sure the tungsten elec-
trode is the correct size for the
process.
Poor arc starting in the DC TIG 1. The input line voltage may be 1. Check the J11 plug on the con-
mode. low. trol board. See Wiring Diagram.
2. Check the torch and work cable 2. Check the back ground resistor
for loose or faulty connections. R7. Normal resistance is 20
ohms.
3. Check the background diode

bridge.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-13 F-13


The high frequency “spark” is pre- 1. The torch may be faulty. Check 1. Check spark gap adjustment.
sent at the tungsten electrode, but or replace. See the Maintenance Section.
the operator is unable to establish
2. The current control may be set 2. This may be a welding proce-
a welding arc. The machine has a
too low. dure problem.
normal open circuit voltage. Refer
to Technical Specifications in the 3. The tungsten electrode may be
Installation section. contaminated. Replace or
sharpen.
4. The electrode may be too large

for the process.
5. If a helium blend is being used
as a shielding gas, reduce the
percentage of helium.
6. Check the welding cables for
loose or faulty connections.
When AC TIG welding, the arc is 1. The tungsten electrode may be 1. Check components R5 and C7 in
erratic and there is a loss of “clean- small for the process. Use a larg- the high voltage transformer pri-
ing” of the work piece. er diameter tungsten or a pure mary circuit.
tungsten.
2. Perform the SCR Bridge Test.
2. If a helium blend is used as a

shielding gas, reduce the per-

centage of helium.
3. Check the balance control set-
ting.
Arc “pulsates” in AC polarity. DC 1. Check that the machine controls 1. Micro switch S2A may be faulty.
TIG is OK. are set correctly for the process. It should “open” in the AC mode.
See the Wiring Diagram.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-14 F-14


STICK WELDING PROBLEMS
The stick electrode “blasts-off” 1. Welding current may be too high 1. Perform the SCR Bridge Test.
when touched to the work piece. for the electrode size. Reduce
current control setting or use a
larger diameter electrode.

CONTROL BOARD

Variable or sluggish welding arc 1. Check the work and electrode 1. Check the polarity switch for
when welding in the Stick mode. cables for loose or poor connec- excessive wear or faulty connec-
tions. tions.
2. The welding cables may be too 2. Check the interior heavy current
small or too long to permit the carrying leads and connections.
desired current to flow.
3. The welding current may be set

too low.
When Stick Welding the ARC is dif- 1. Make sure the Stick/TIG switch 1. Check the Stick OCV Boost
ficult to get started. is in the Stick position. Circuit. See the Wiring Diagram.
2. Make sure the output current 2. Check the OCV Boost Rectifier.
control is set correctly for the
3. Check CR3 and CR2 for proper
electrode.
operation.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-15 F-15


FUNCTION PROBLEMS
The meter does not display V (volt) 1. Check that either the advanced 1. Check R1 potentiometer and
or minimum current. control board or jumper plug is in associated leads between the
J3 on the control board. control board and plug J9. See
the Wiring Diagram.
CONTROL BOARD

CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-16 F-16


FUNCTION PROBLEMS
The meter does not display V (volt) 1. Toggle the display switch. It may 1. Check the leads between the
or minimum current. be dirty. display switch and the control
board. See the Wiring Diagram.
2. The display switch may be faulty.
The meter does not light up. Other 1. None 1. Check the leads and connec-
machine functions are OK. tions between the meter and the
control board. See the Wiring
Diagram.
2. The meter may be faulty.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375



FUNCTION PROBLEMS
The AC wave balance control does 1. The AC wave balance control is (R2) and associated leads for
not function properly. operational only in the TIG mode. loose or faulty connections. See
the Wiring Diagram.
1. Check the AC balance control
Gas pre-flow and post-flow time is 1. If an advanced control board is 1. Check plug J3 on the control
too long. installed, check dip switch set- board. Either the jumper plug or
ting on the board. See the advanced control board must
Installation Manual. be plugged into J3.
CAUTION
Call 1-888-935-3877.
PRECISION TIG 375

Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC Return to Master TOC F-18
NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

F-18
F-19 F-19
METER CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENTS
WARNING
Service and repair should be performed by only Lincoln Electric factory trained personnel.
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician
or machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid
electrical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this
manual.
If for any reason you do not understand the test procedures or are unable to perform the
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical trou-
bleshooting assistance before you proceed. Call 1-888-935-3877.
DESCRIPTION
This test will help aid the technician in meter circuits calibration.
MATERIALS NEEDED
Voltmeter/Ohmmeter
3/8” Nut Driver
Wiring Diagram
NOTE: Meters used to check the calibration of the machine meters should be calibrated
and traceable to National Standards.

PRECISION TIG 375

METER CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENTS (continued)

FIGURE F.1 – METER TRIMMER
306 301
TRIMMER
303
304B
302
JUMPER
Note: The Precision TIG meter circuits are factory calibrated for the accuracy of the ammeter and voltmeter and
should not need adjustment. However, the factory trimmers are accessible inside the control box:
CALIBRATION CHECK
The Digital Meter Calibration Trimmer is located on the
back of the meter housing near the right side connec-
tor plug (with two leads and a jumper attached). This
trimmer adjusts calibration of the meter used for both
ammeter and voltmeter readings, so its calibration
should be checked first, as follows:
1. Set the Mode Switch to the TIG mode and, without

closing the arc start switch, preset the panel maxi-
mum output control so the panel digital meter reads
200 amps.
2. Using a DC (avg.) digital test voltmeter with at least
0.5% accuracy at 1,000v, measure the DC voltage
between (+) pin 2 (lead #303) and (-) pin 1 (lead
#306) at the right side meter plug ( nearest the trim-
mer).
3. This voltage should match the 200A panel meter
reading (as 0.200v, or 200mv) within 1%. If not,
adjust the trimmer so that the panel meter accuracy
is corrected. (See Figure F.1).
PRECISION TIG 375

F-21 F-21
METER CALIBRATION ADJUSTMENTS (continued)

FIGURE F.2 - CONTROL BOARD TRIMMERS
R10
C3 R-2
R27 R12 C4 C5 D2
R33 DZ24
D10 R2
D5
R26
C12
R28
R38
DZ2
R37
R1
R29 Q9 X3 R40
C17
R39
R11 R30 C18
C16
C13 R34 R41
D6 R31 C19
Q8 R35 C20
R32 C15 R73 D11 R42
X2
D7 R36 C14
X4
R66 R77
Q14 R74 R79
X7
R62 R63 R68 D22 R78
R60 D19 C34 DZ4 R107
R69 DZ25
C35 DZ22 R80
R61 C31 R67 R70 R72 R75
R64 C32 R71 D23 R81
C28 C29 D20 D21 R76
R65 D24 R82
Q16
C44 C30 C48 D31 C36 R105
X10
C47 R101 D34
R91 R93 R99 R102 Q17 R106
C33
R95 R97
C45 R94 R100 C49
R96 R98 R359
R103 Q18 Q21
D30
X11
R120 C46 R104 C63
R130 R132
R121 C55 R126 R127 R129 C58 C64
R131 R133
R92
R122 C60 C62 R135
D41 C56 D42
R3 Q20 X X
C57
R123 R134
R119 R125 Q19 C59 C61 R361 R136
X13
R124
DZ6 R163
R167 R128
C76
R175 X X C77
R164 R168 C74 D54 DZ21
R161 X X
R171
R172
R162 C72 R169 X14 R205 R176
X15
C70
C71
R203 C73 R170 X X R173
R174
R211
D58
X X
R165 C75 C92 D59
D64 R358
D62 R166 X X R208
X
X17
D55 R212 X
X16
R204 D89 C165 C91
R202 D63
X X R209 C93
R206
R207
X X
J2
C85 C87 C89 C90
R210
Q23
C86 C88 X X D65
X X
R256
R4 R357 C105
R364
R243
Y1
Q24
R246 R257
C103 C104 C106 R252
DZ9
XXX X R258
R356
Q25 R247 Q26 C109

R248 DZ10 R251 C108 R259
R244 R254 C110
R245 D67 Q27
C102 R249 C123 C107 R255 R291
R270
R5
OCI6 R269 R275 C120 C125 R253 R292 C127

R267
R271 C126
DZ12
D90
R6 R276
R272 R277 R293
DZ23
R282
R283
C124
C122
C147
R281
R319
XXX C145 R336
R295
R296
C128
R294
R273 R278
R-5
DZ11
R290
R250
R287
R288
R289
D72
R284
R285
R286
R268
C151
D73
OCI7 C119 R274 R279

R307
R308
R311 R312 R315 DZ17

C121
R280
XXX
X19
C144 R316
C139
D81
C140
R313 R317
D82
Q28
C155
C156 R318
DZ20
DZ18
DZ16
R338
R339
DZ15
C154
C153
R337
C152
R334
R333
R331
R332
D80
R326
R327
R328
R329
R330
R323
R324
C148
C146
R320
R322
R325
R310
C142
R309
DZ19
R351 R321
D79
C141
C143
R335
C149
R314 C157 D83
C150
C158
XX XX XX R7 X X X X XX XX XX XX R352
R353
J5A J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 C159
XX XX XX X X X X XXX X XX XXX X XX
AMMETER CALIBRATION PROCEDURE VOLTMETER CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

1. Locate the Ammeter Calibration Trimmer (R5). See 1. Locate the Voltmeter Calibration Trimmer (R2) on the
Figure F.2. control board. See Figure F2.
2. Set to TIG mode with DC polarity and LOCAL con- 2. To prevent maximum OCV output, disconnect the
trol. Without closing the arc start switch, preset the SCR gate lead plug from receptacle J4.
maximum output panel control so the panel digital
3. Set to TIG mode with DC- polarity without closing the
meter reads approx. 200 amps.
arc start switch.
3. Using a DC (AVG.) test ammeter with at least 1%
4. Using a DC (avg.) test voltmeter with at least 1%
accuracy at up to 300 amps, connect it to measure
accuracy at up to 100 volts, connect it across the
the DC current through a short weld cable shorting
work (+) and electrode(-) studs on the front stud
out the work(+) to electrode(-) studs on the front stud
panel. Remove the TIG torch, if connected.
panel. Remove the TIG torch if connected.
5. Press the display panel switch to V (volts) position,
4. Close the arc start switch just long enough to com-
then close the arc start switch just long enough to
pare the panel meter reading to that of the test
compare the panel meter reading to that of the test
ammeter. The short circuit current readings should
volt meter. The open circuit voltage readings (about
match within 4% +/-2A. If not, adjust the trimmer so
50 VDC) should match within 3% +/-1v. If not, adjust
that the panel meter accuracy is corrected.
the trimmer so that the panel meter accuracy is cor-
rected.
NOTE: If switch is held closed longer than about 15

seconds, the machine will shut down to protect
internal holding resistor from overheating.
PRECISION TIG 375

NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

F-22
F-23 F-23
HIGH FREQUENCY CIRCUIT DISABLE PROCEDURE
WARNING
manual.
DESCRIPTION
This procedure will disable the high frequency circuit allowing the technician to take volt-
age measurements without the possibility of high frequency damage to his test equipment.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/8” Nut Driver

Electrical Insulating Tape
PRECISION TIG 375

HIGH FREQUENCY CIRCUIT DISABLE PROCEDURE (continued)

FIGURE F.3 – SPARK GAP ASSEMBLY
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input power to the Precision TIG 6. When voltage testing and scope measure-
375 machine. ments are complete, reconnect the three

leads to the Spark Gap Assembly.
2. Using the 3/8” nut driver, remove the right
side case cover. 7. Reassemble the right side case cover.
3. Locate the Spark Gap Assembly at the lower

rear right side of the machine. See Figure
F.3.
4. Carefully remove the three leads from the
Spark Gap Assembly. See Figure F.3.
5. Insulate the leads from each other and from
the case.
PRECISION TIG 375

PROTECTION BOARD TEST

WARNING
manual.
TEST DESCRIPTION
This procedure will determine if the Protection board is functioning properly.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/8” Nut Driver

Voltmeter/Ohmmeter (Multimeter)
Tig 375 Wiring Diagrams
PRECISION TIG 375

PROTECTION BOARD TEST (continued)

1. Using a 3/8” nut driver, remove the case top 3. Unplug P5 from the control board. Measure
and sides. resistance at P5. See Figure F.4. See tables
below.
2. Check that P5 is connected to J5, not J5A.
See the Wiring Diagram.
Table F.1
RESISTANCE BETWEEN READING
TRIGGER Pins 5 & 7 Open when trigger open, short when trigger closed.
B-C Pins 3 & 4 Increasing from 0 to 10K when working on remote

amptrol from min. to max.
Decreasing from 10K to 0 when working on remote
B-A Pins 2 & 3
4. If the readings above are OK, the protection 7. If readings below are OK, protection board
board is OK. If not, go to step 5. is bad.
5. Unplug P23 from the protection board and 8. If readings below are wrong, remote amptrol
check continuity from P23 to P5. If OK, go or remote receptacle is bad.
to step 6. See Wiring Diagram.
6. Unplug P22 from protection board. Measure
resistance at P22. See Tables.
Table F.2
RESISTANCE BETWEEN READING

TRIGGER Pins 3 & 6 Open when trigger open, short when trigger closed.
B-C Pins 1 & 2 Increasing from 0 to 10K when working on remote

Decreasing from 10K to 0 when working on remote
B-A Pins 1 & 4
FIGURE F.4 – Plug J5 (viewed from pin end)
1 2 3 4
8 7 6 5
Jumper
PRECISION TIG 375

F-27 F-27
T1 MAIN TRANSFORMER TEST
WARNING
manual.
DESCRIPTION
This procedure will determine if the correct voltage is being applied to the primary of the
T1 transformer and also if the correct voltages are being induced on the secondary wind-
ings of the transformer.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/8” Nut Driver

Tig 375 Wiring Diagrams

PRECISION TIG 375

F-28 F-28
T1 MAIN TRANSFORMER TEST (continued)

Figure F.5 - Plug J11
G3909
263 266
214 220
204 270
210 Plug 253
J11
Plug
J11
209 252
201 269
265 271
262 213
TEST PROCEDURES
1. Using the 3/8” nut driver, remove the two screws 5. Carefully check for 63.5 VAC at leads 267 to lead
from the front control panel. Carefully lower the 268. Lead 268 is located at the background rectifier.
panel. This will allow access to the control board. Note: Lead 267 is located at resistor R8. See Wiring
2. Locate plug J11 on the control board. See Figure Diagram.
F.5. 6. Carefully check for 115 VAC at leads 231 to 232.
WARNING Note: Lead 231 is located at the 115 VAC receptacle
on the back of the machine. Lead 232 is located
ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill at the 15 amp circuit breaker CB1.
*With input power ON, there are 7. If all of the secondary voltages are correct, the T1
high voltages inside the machine. transformer is functioning properly.
Do not reach into the machine or a. If all of the secondary voltages are missing or
touch any internal part. incorrect, make certain that the correct input
voltage is being applied to the correct primary
leads. See Table F.3.
b. If the correct input voltage is being applied to the
3. Carefully apply the correct input power making cer- primary leads and any or all of the secondary
tain the reconnect configuration at the reconnect voltages are incorrect, the T1 transformer may
panel is correct for the input voltage applied. Turn be faulty. Also check the leads for broken or
the Precision TIG 375 ON. loose connections between plug J11 and the T1
4. Using the voltmeter, carefully test for the correct transformer.
transformer secondary voltages per Table F.3. 8. Replace the case side covers
PRECISION TIG 375

T1 MAIN TRANSFORMER TEST (continued)
Table F.3 - T1 Transformer Voltages

TEST POINTS ACCEPTABLE VOLTAGES
SECONDARY WINDINGS SECONDARY VOLTAGES
PLUG J11 PIN 8 (LEAD W209)

TO 20 VAC
PLUG J11 PIN 16 (LEAD R210)
PLUG J11 PIN 7 (LEAD #201)

TO 18VAC
PLUG J11 PIN 15 (LEAD #204)
X1 TO X2 85 VAC
X1 TO X3 75 VAC
PRIMARY WINDINGS PRIMARY VOLTAGES

H1 TO H2 208 VAC
H1 TO H3 230 VAC
H1 TO H4 460 VAC
NOTE: If the input voltages vary, the secondary voltages will vary accordingly.
Based on 208/230/460 models. For other voltage models refer to appropriate Wiring Diagram.
PRECISION TIG 375

NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

F-30
GAS (WATER) SOLENOID TEST

WARNING
manual.
TEST DESCRIPTION
This procedure will help the technician to determine if the solenoid is receiving the correct
voltage also if the solenoid is functional.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/8” Nut Driver

Isolated 115 VAC Power Supply
PRECISION TIG 375

GAS (WATER) SOLENOID TEST (continued)

TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the Precision TIG 375 7. Activate the torch trigger and check for
machine. approximately 115 VAC at the solenoid leads
(#231A and # 235). If the correct voltage is
2. Remove the left case side. present, the solenoid should activate and
3. Perform the High Frequency Circuit gas should flow.
Disable Procedure. 8. If voltage is present at leads #231A and
4. Locate the gas solenoid in the torch connec- #235 and the solenoid does not activate, the
tion box. solenoid may be defective. The solenoid can
be further checked by removing leads #231A
5. Put the mode switch S3 in the 2-Step TIG and #235 from the solenoid and applying the
position. external isolated 115 VAC supply to the sole-
noid terminals. If the solenoid activates with
the external supply but not when powered by

WARNING the control board, the problem may be in the
ELECTRIC SHOCK CAN control board. If you hear solenoid activation
KILL. but there is still no gas flow, check for restric-
tions in the line.
*With input power ON, there
are high voltages inside the 9. When the test is complete, replace leads
machine. Do not reach into #231A and #235.
the machine or touch any 10. Reassemble the two leads previously
internal part removed in the High Frequency Circuit
Disable Procedure.
6. Apply the correct input power to the TIG 375. 11. Reassemble the left case side.
12. If a water solenoid is used, it can be tested
using the same procedures.
PRECISION TIG 375

STATIC SCR TEST

WARNING
manual.
DESCRIPTION
The SCR test is a quick check to determine if an SCR is “shorted” or “leaky”. See machine
waveform section for normal and abnormal SCR waveforms.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/8” Nut Driver

Analog Ohmmeter (Multimeter)
TIG 375 Wiring Diagrams
SCR Heatsink Assembly Drawing
PRECISION TIG 375

STATIC SCR TEST (continued)

Figure F.6 - Plug J4 Location
G3909
Plug
J4
TEST PROCEDURE
1. Remove main supply power to the Precision 4. Repeat Step #3 testing SCR2, SCR3 and
TIG 375 and remove the case top and left SCR4.
side. 5. To further check the SCR’s functions, use an
2. Locate and remove plug J4 from the control SCR tester and proceed to the Active SCR
board. See Figure F.6. Test.
3. Using an analog ohmmeter, test the resis- NOTE: Also check diode D1.
tance from anode to cathode of SCR1. 6. Replace plug J4 on the control board.
Reverse the meter leads and check from
cathode to anode of SCR1. See Figure F.7. If 7. Replace the case top and left side.
a low resistance is indicated in either direc-
tion, SCR1 is faulty. Replace the SCR Bridge
Assembly. See SCR Bridge Assembly

Removal and Replacement.
Figure F.7 - SCR BRIDGE LOCATION
Note: The negative half of the
SCR Bridge is located on the
top left side of the machine.
The “Finned” heat sinks are
the cathode test points for
SCR 3 and 4. The “Non-
Finned” heat sink is the
anode test point for SCR 3
and 4.
The Positive half of the
SCR Bridge is located on the
top right side of the machine.
The “Finned” heat sinks are
the anode test points for SCR

1 and 2. The “Non-Finned”
heat sink is the cathode test
point for SCR 1 and 2. See
Wiring Diagram.
PRECISION TIG 375

ACTIVE SCR TEST

WARNING
manual.
DESCRIPTION
The Active SCR test will determine if the device is able to be gated “ON” and conduct cur-
rent from anode to cathode.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/8” Nut Driver

TIG 375 Wiring Diagrams
An SCR Tester as outlined in this procedure
PRECISION TIG 375

ACTIVE SCR TEST (continued)

Figure F.8 - Plug J4 Location
G3909
Plug
J4
TEST PROCEDURE 4. Construct the circuit outline in Figure F.9. One

6V lantern battery can be used. Resistor val-
1. Remove main supply power to the Precision ues are +\- 10%. The voltmeter scale should
TIG 375 machine. be approximately 0-5 or 0-10 volts.
2. Locate and remove plug J4 from the control 5. Battery Test - Check the battery by shorting
board. See Figure F.8. leads (A) and (C) and then close switch SW-
3. Perform the following test for all four SCRs. 1. Replace the battery if voltage is less than
See Figure F.8. 4.5 volts.
Figure F.9 - Active SCR Test Set-Up

SW1 R2
+
V R1 SW2
6 volt
A
lantern
battery G
SCR C
under R1 = 4 ohms / 10 watts
test
R2 = 3 ohms / 10 watts
Resistor valves are +/- 10%
PRECISION TIG 375

ACTIVE SCR TEST (continued)

Figure F.10 - SCR Bridge Location
6. Connect SCR into the test circuit as noted in 8. With switch SW-1 closed, close switch SW-2
Figure F.9. (A) Lead to anode (C) lead to for two seconds and release. The voltmeter
cathode and (G) lead to the gate. should read 3 to 6 volts before and after
switch SW-2 is released. If the voltmeter
Note: The negative half of the Scr Bridge is
does not read, or reads only while SW-2 is

located on the top left side of the
depressed, the SCR or battery is defective.
machine. The “Finned” Heat Sinks are
(Repeat Battery Test Procedure described in
the cathode test points for SCR 3 and 4.
Step 5.)
The “Non-Finned” Heat Sink is the
Anode Test point for SCR 3 and 4. 9. Open switch SW-1, disconnect the gate lead
(G) and reverse the (A) and (C) leads on the
The Positive half of the SCR Bridge is
SCR. Close switch SW-1. The voltmeter
located on the top right side of the
should read zero. If the voltage is higher
machine. The “Finned” Heat Sinks are
than zero, the SCR is shorted.
the Anode Test Points for SCR 1 and 2.
The “Non-Finned” Heat Sink is the cath- 10. Replace the SCR Bridge Assembly if any
ode Test Point for SCR 1 and 2. See SCRs that do not pass the test. See SCR
Wiring Diagram. Bridge Assembly Removal and
Replacement.
7. Close switch SW-1 (Switch SW-2 should be 11. Replace plug J4 on the control board.
open). The voltmeter should read zero. If
12. Replace the case sides and top.
the voltmeter reads higher than zero, the

SCR is shorted.
PRECISION TIG 375

NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

F-38
TYPICAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE WAVEFORM - MACHINE LOADED TO 2 AMPS

DC - TIG MODE
Perform all voltage and waveform checks with high frequency circuit OFF.
Perform High Frequency Disable Procedure.
0V
20V 5 ms
AC BALANCE CONTROL IN “AUTO”
OUTPUT CONTROL AT MINIMUM

This is the typical AC output voltage
waveform generated from a properly
operating machine. Note that each ver-
tical division represents 20 volts and
that each horizontal division represents
5 milliseconds in time.
NOTE: Scope probes connected at
machine output terminals: (+) probe to
electrode, (-) probe to work.
SCOPE SETTINGS
Volts/Div......................20V/Div.
Horizontal Sweep......5 ms/Div.
Coupling..............................DC
Trigger..........................Internal
PRECISION TIG 375

F-40 F-40

AC - TIG MODE

0V
20V 5 ms


5 milliseconds in time. The machine
was loaded with a resistance grid bank.
SCOPE SETTINGS
Volts/Div......................20V/Div.

Coupling..............................DC
PRECISION TIG 375

TYPICAL AC VOLTAGE WAVEFORM - MACHINE LOADED TO 50 AMPS

AC - TIG MODE

0V
20V 5 ms
This is the typical DC (+) output voltage

SCOPE SETTINGS
Volts/Div......................20V/Div.
Coupling..............................DC
PRECISION TIG 375

TYPICAL AC VOLTAGE WAVEFORM - MACHINE LOADED TO 2 AMPS

AC - TIG MODE

0V
20V 5 ms
OUTPUT CONTROL AT MINIMUM.

SCOPE SETTINGS
Volts/Div......................20V/Div.

Coupling..............................DC
PRECISION TIG 375

F-43 F-43
DC - TIG MODE

0V
20V 5 ms


NOTE: AC balance control set at
“Balanced” position.
SCOPE SETTINGS
Volts/Div......................20V/Div.

Coupling..............................DC
PRECISION TIG 375

NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

F-44
HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING
manual.
DESCRIPTION
This procedure will aid the technician in the removal and replacement of the high voltage
transformer.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/8” Nut Driver

7/16” Nut Driver
Phillips Head Screwdriver (Off-Set)
Wire Cutters
PRECISION TIG 375

HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
Figure F.11 - High Voltage Transformer
REMOVAL PROCEDURE
1. Remove input power to the TIG 375 9. Using an off set phillips head screw driver,
machine. remove the four high voltage transformer
mounting screws. Note insulator positioning.
2. Using the 3/8” nut driver, remove the case See Figure F.11.
sides and top.
10. Remove the high voltage transformer.
3. Using a 3/8” nut driver, remove the case
back.
REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
Note: The case back will be connected to

the fan assembly and will have leads
1. Replace the high voltage transformer.
connected to it, so just set aside.
2. Secure the new transformer using the four
4. Cut any necessary cable ties.
phillips head mounting screws. Refer to
5. Disconnect black lead from the high voltage Figure F10 for insulator location.
transformer connecting to leads 231D and
3. Replace the 3/8” screw securing the spark
231E.
gap assembly box.
6. Disconnect the black lead from the high volt-
4. Reconnect leads S and F.
age transformer connecting to the capacitor.
It may be necessary to cut lead. 5. Reconnect high voltage transformer lead to
the capacitor.
7. Using a 7/16” nut driver disconnect heavy
black leads S and F. See Figure F.12. 6. Reconnect leads 231D and 231E to single
black lead.
8. Using a 3/8” nut driver, remove the screw
securing the spark gap assembly box. See 7. Replace any necessary cable ties.
Figure F.12. This will allow access to the

8. Secure the case back using the 3/8” mount-
high voltage transformer mounting screws.
ing bolts previously removed.
9. Replace the case sides and top.
PRECISION TIG 375

PRECISION TIG 375

HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
Figure F.12 - 3/8” Screw & Leads S and F Locations

F-47
NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

F-48
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

WARNING
manual.
DESCRIPTION
This procedure will aid the technician in the removal and replacement of the control board.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/8” Nut Driver

Phillips Head Screwdriver
Wire Cutters
PRECISION TIG 375

CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
Figure F.32 - Case Front Screw Location

REMOVAL PROCEDURE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

1. Remove input power to the TIG 375 1. Replace the control board.
machine.
2. Mount the new control board in its proper
2. Using a 3/8” nut driver, remove the two position using the eight phillips head mount-
screws from the top of the case front. See ing screws.
Figure F.13.
3. Replace any necessary cable ties.
3. The top front control box cover can now be
4. Reconnect plugs previously removed from
tilted forward to gain access to the control
the control board.
board and its plugs.
5. Secure the control box assembly using the
4. From left to right, label and disconnect plugs
two 3/8” mounting screws previously
J4, J5, J6, J8, J9, J10, J11, J12. See Figure
removed.
F.14.
5. Cut any necessary cable ties.
6. Using a phillips head screwdriver, remove
the eight PC Board mounting screws. See
Figure F.14.
7. Carefully maneuver the control board out of

the front of the machine.
PRECISION TIG 375

J4
J5
J6
J8
J9
PRECISION TIG 375

J10
Figure F.14 - Control Board Plug Locations
J12J11
CONTROL BOARD REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
F-51
NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

F-52
SCR BRIDGE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
WARNING
manual.
DESCRIPTION
This procedure will aid the technician in the removal and replacement of the SCR bridge
for maintenance or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/8” Nut Driver

1/2” Nut Driver
7/16” Nut Driver
Pliers
Crimp Wire Cutters

PRECISION TIG 375

SCR BRIDGE ASSEMBLY REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
REMOVAL PROCEDURE REMOVAL PROCEDURE

Left Side (Negative Half) Right Side (Positive Half)
1. Remove input power to the TIG 375 1. Remove input power to the TIG 375
machine. machine.
2. Using the 3/8” nut driver, remove the case 2. Using the 3/8” nut driver, remove the case
sides and top. sides and top.
3. Remove the Glastic Baffle. 3. Remove the Glastic Baffle.
4. Label and cut leads G3 and G4 or remove 4. Label and cut Lead G1 and G4 or remove
from J4 Plug. from J4 Plug.
5. Label and remove all leads connected to the 5. Label and remove all leads connected to the
Negative Heat Sink Assembly. See Wiring Negative Heat Sink Assembly. See Wiring
Diagram. Diagram.
6. Remove the three screws mounting the Heat 6. Remove the three screws mounting the Heat
Sink Assembly to the Lift Bale Assembly. Sink Assembly to the Lift Bale Assembly.
Note placement of Insulators for reassembly. Note placement of insulators for reassembly.
7. See SCR Replacement Procedures. 7. See SCR Replacement Procedures.
8. Replace all leads, baffles and insulators pre- 8. Replace all leads, baffles and insulators pre-
viously removed. viously removed.
PRECISION TIG 375

MOUNTING OF STUD TYPE DIODES TO ALUMINUM HEAT SINKS
WARNING
manual.
DESCRIPTION
This procedure will aid the technician in the removal and replacement of the stud type
diodes in their heatsinks for maintenance or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED:
1/2" Open End Wrench.

Lincoln E1868 (Dow Corning 340) Heat Sink Compound.
"Slip" Type Torque Wrench.
PRECISION TIG 375

MOUNTING OF STUD TYPE DIODES TO ALUMINUM HEAT SINKS (CONT’D)
PROCEDURE DIODE STUD FOOT- INCH-

SIZE POUNDS POUNDS
1. Loosen the appropriate diode nut and remove the
diode that is to be replaced. 3/4 - 16 25-27 300-324
3/8 - 24 10±.5 125+0/-5
2. Clean the area on the heat sink around the diode 1/4 - 28 22-25
mounting surface using a putty knife, or similar
tool, DO NOT SCRATCH THE DIODE MOUNTING
SURFACE.
3. Polish each heat sink's mounting surface using

NO. 000 fine steel wool. Wipe surface clean with a
lint free cloth or paper towel.
4. Inspect the mounting surfaces of each new diode.

Remove all burrs and wipe clean. Do not use steel
wool or any abrasive cleanser on the diode mount-
ing surface.
5. Apply a thin (0.0003" to 0.0007") uniform layer of

E1868 (Dow Corning 340) heat sink compound to
the heat sink mounting surface.
a. Do not apply compound to diode stud or

mounting threads.
b. The diode threads must be clean and free of

defects so that the nut can be finger tightened
before applying torque. A "slip" type torque
wrench must be used to tighten the diode nut.
6. Tighten the diode nuts to the specifications in the

following table.
a. The nuts for diodes with steel studs are to be

started by hand and then torqued as per the
following table.
b. The nuts for diodes with copper studs are to

run on all the way by hand then torqued as per
the following table.
c. Turn a minimum of 1/2 turn more while

torquing per the table.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-57 F-57
SCR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
WARNING
Unauthorized repairs performed on this equipment may result in danger to the technician or
machine operator and will invalidate your factory warranty. For your safety and to avoid elec-
trical shock, please observe all safety notes and precautions detailed throughout this manual.
test/repairs safely, contact the Lincoln Electric Service Department for electrical troubleshoot-
ing assistance before you proceed. Call 1-888-935-3877.
_____________________________________________________________
DESCRIPTION
This procedure will aid the technician in the removal and replacement of the SCRs for main-
tenance or replacement.
MATERIALS NEEDED:
NO.000 Fine Steel Wool.

Penetrox A-13 (Lincoln E2529) or Penetrox A.
7/16” Open End Wrench.
Allen Head Type Wrenches.

PRECISION TIG 375

F-58 F-58
SCR REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (CONTINUED)

PROCEDURE:
4. Polish each heat sink's mounting surface
Note: Before disassembling the existing rec- using NO. 000 fine steel wool. Wipe sur-
tifier, note which heat sink the outer metal face clean with a lint free cloth or paper
ring of the power SCR is mounted towards. towel.
Also, note the positioning of the gate lead of
the SCR. Failure to reinstall the new SCR in 5. Inspect the mounting surfaces of each
the same orientation as the original may new SCR.
result in subsequent damage to the new SCR
and other components of the welder. See a. Remove all burrs and wipe clean. Do
Figure F.15. not use steel wool or any abrasive
cleanser on the SCR mounting sur-
faces.
Fig. F.15 -SC
GATE 6. Apply a thin (0.001" to 0.003") layer of
ANODE PENETROX A-13 (L.E. CO. #E2529) or

PENETROX A, heat sink compound, to
CATHODE each heat sink's SCR mounting surface.
a. Care must be used to prevent foreign

material contamination of the SCR to
heat sink junction.
7. Place the new SCR between the heat

sinks. Be sure that the outer metal ring
of the SCR is facing towards the same
heat sink as the old SCR's metal ring. Be
OUTER METAL
sure that the roll pin of the heat sink
RING
engages the "hole" in the SCR. The SCR
contact surfaces must sit flat against both
CAUTION heat sink surfaces.
The unclamping and clamping procedure

outlined below is critical for the preven-
tion of internal SCR damage. Failure to
follow this procedure may result in subse-
quent damage of the SCR. Handle all
SCRs with care.
_____________________________
1. Alternately loosen nuts 1/2 turn each

until heat sinks are loose. Remove nuts
and leaf spring. IT IS RECOMMENDED
THAT ALL NEW HARDWARE, LEAF
SPRING AND HOUSING BE USED FOR
REASSEMBLY.
2. Remove the old SCR.
3. Clean the area on the heat sink around

the SCR mounting surface. Using a putty
knife, or similar tool. DO NOT SCRATCH
THE SCR MOUNTING SURFACE.
PRECISION TIG 375
F-59 F-59
8. Go to procedure that matches cap screws. 3. Insert bolts and leaf spring into the plastic
NOTE WHICH THREAD IS ON YOUR CAP housing.
SCREWS BEFORE PROCEEDING TO THE
ASSEMBLY PROCEDURE. Two different 4. Insert clamp assembly thru heat sinks. Install
designs of leaf springs and housings have nuts. Tighten clamp nuts equally on bolts until
been used to clamp the SCR to the rectifier. finger tight. (See Figure F.17. Heat sinks may
The two different designs can be identified not be exactly as pictured.)
by the size of the leaf spring. One design
uses a 1/2 inch wide leaf spring and the
other uses a 5/8 inch wide spring. The differ-
SLEEVING
ent designs require different assembly and
clamping procedures.
The assembly procedure will be different HEAT SINK
LEAF
depending upon the thread on the cap
SPRING
screws. A 1/4-28 thread requires a different

tightening procedure than a 1/4-20 thread.
PROCEDURE FOR THE 1/2 INCH S.C.R.

WIDE SPRING
1. Place a piece of sleeving around each bolt.
2. Insert bolts thru the leaf spring. Orient the 1/4-28 OR 1/4-20
leaf spring so that it's ends are curved CAP SCREW
upward toward the bolt heads. See figure
F.21. Pressing on the bolt heads should pro-
duce a "rocking" motion of the spring in its
HOUSING
housing. If the spring does NOT rock it is
HEAT SINK
installed upside down. Remove the spring
HEX NUT
and turn it over. Check for "rocking" motion.

See Figure F.16.
PLAIN WASHER
Fig. F.17 - Clamp Assembly.
5. Re-inspect the SCR for proper seating.

Fig. F.16 - 1/2" Wide Leaf Spring
SPRING CURVATURE 1/2"

EXAGGERATED
PRECISION TIG 375

F-60 F-60

CLAMPING PROCEDURE FOR
1/4-28 BOLTS. 2. Tighten first cap screw 1/4 turn.
Note: This procedure can only be used 3. Tighten second cap screw 1/2 turn.
with 1/4-28 bolts.
4. Tighten first cap screw 1/2 turn.
Do not use bolts with any other type
thread or new SCR will be damaged. 5. Tighten second cap screw 1/4 turn.
STOP.
Do not over tighten cap screws. The leaf
spring will apply the required clamping 6. Assembly now has the proper
force to the SCR. clamping force.
1. Do not turn the nuts. While holding 7. Perform the Active SCR Test.
the nuts stationary, turn the cap

screws only with the following proce-
dure.
3. Tighten second cap screw 1/2 turn.
5. Tighten second cap screw 1/2 turn.
7. Assembly now has proper clamping

force.
8. Perform the Active SCR Test.
CLAMPING PROCEDURE FOR

1/4-20 BOLTS.
Note: This procedure can only be used

with 1/4-20 bolts.
Do not use bolts with any other type

thread or new SCR will be damaged.
Do not over tighten cap screws. The leaf

spring will apply the required clamping
force to the SCR.
1. Do not turn the nuts. While holding

the nuts stationary, turn the cap
screws only with the following proce-
dure.
PRECISION TIG 375

F-61 F-61
PROCEDURE FOR THE 5/8

INCH WIDE SPRING SLEEVING
STEEL
1. Place a piece of sleeving around PRESSURE
each bolt. HEAT SINK PAD LEAF
SPRING
2. Insert bolts thru the leaf spring. The
leaf spring is flat so the orientation
of the leaf spring does not matter.
3. Place the steel pressure pad in the S.C.R.

housing with the 1/8 inch wide
standoff facing up. See Figure F.18.
STEEL PRESSURE PAD

1/4-28 OR 1/4-20
CAP SCREW
5/8"
HOUSING
HEAT SINK
HEX NUT
HOUSING
PLAIN WASHER
Figure F.18 - Housing and Pressure
Pad for 5/8" Wide leaf spring.
Figure F.19 - Clamp Assembly.
4. Insert bolts and leaf spring into plas-
tic housing being sure that the steel
pressure pad remains in position.

Pressing on the bolt heads should
produce a rocking action of the
spring in it's housing.
5. Insert clamp assembly thru heat

sinks. Install nuts. Tighten clamp
nuts equally on bolts until finger
tight. Be sure that the leaf spring is
not cocked in the housing. See
Figure F.19. Heat sinks may not be
exactly as pictured.
6. Re-inspect the SCR for proper seat-

ing.
PRECISION TIG 375

NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

F-62
POLARITY SWITCH REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT
WARNING
manual.
DESCRIPTION
This procedure will aid the technician in the removal and replacement of the polarity
switch.
MATERIALS NEEDED
3/8” Nut Driver

1/2” Wrench
7/16” Wrench
Phillips Head Screw Driver

Slot Head Screw Driver (2 Required)

PRECISION TIG 375

F-64 F-64
POLARITY SWITCH REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT (continued)
Figure F.20 - Switch Location

REMOVAL PROCEDURE
1. Remove the input to the Precision TIG375 9. Using a 7/16” nut driver remove the two
machine. polarity switch mounting nuts located behind
the previously removed nameplate.
2. Using the 3/8” nut driver, remove the case
sides and top. 10.The polarity switch is ready for removal.
3. Locate the polarity switch. See Figure F.20.

REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
4. Using a 1/2”wrench label and disconnect

leads B,C,252, Pos, Neg, D2 diode assem-
1. Replace the polarity switch.
bly,S,253, choke lead,X2 and all leads from
the main transformer. Be sure to label leads 2. Secure the polarity switch in its original posi-
for reassembly. tion with the 7/16” mounting nuts.
5. Disconnect leads 265 and 266A using quick 3. Firmly press the lower nameplate back into
disconnects. its original position on the case front.
6. Using a phillips head screw driver, remove 4. Press the polarity switch handle back onto its
the screw from the polarity switch handle. shaft.
7. With the 2 slot head screw drivers, carefully 5. Secure polarity switch handle with the phillips
pry the polarity switch handle from the shaft. head screw previously removed.
8. Carefully peel back the lower nameplate on 6. Reconnect leads 265 and 266A previously
the case front located around the polarity removed.
switch to gain access to the polarity switch
7. Reconnect all previously removed leads to
mounting nuts.
their proper terminals. See Wiring Diagram.

NOTE: Do not remove the sticker completely.
8. Replace case sides and top.
PRECISION TIG 375

RETEST AFTER REPAIR

Should a machine under test be rejected for any reason requiring the removal of any mechan-
ical part that could effect the machine’s electrical characteristics, or if any electrical compo-
nents are required or replaced, the machine must be retested.
INPUT IDLE AMPS
Input Volts/Hertz Maximum Idle Amps Maximum Idle Amps

(without PFC) (without PFC)
208/60 6 36
230/60 5 32
460/60 3 16
575/60 2 13
OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGES
MAXIMUM AC OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 75 VAC
MAXIMUM DC OPEN CIRCUIT VOLTAGE 68 VDC

MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE OUTPUT VOLTAGE

AT MINIMUM OUTPUT SETTINGS
DC TIG Mode 2.5 Amps @ 20 Volts
MAXIMUM ACCEPTABLE OUTPUT VOLTAGE

AT MAXIMUM OUTPUT SETTINGS
DC TIG Mode 400 Amps @ 36 Volts
RECOMMENDED METERS FOR MACHINE OUTPUT TESTS

VOLTMETER: AC and DC True RMS Meter - Fluke 8922A or equivalent

AMMETER: Columbia Type AX AC or DC Tong Ammeter
IMPORTANT: IF OTHER TYPE METERS ARE USED, RESULTS MAY NOT BE ACCURATE.
PRECISION TIG 375

NOTES
PRECISION TIG 375

F-66
G-1 G-1
Return to Master TOC ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SECTION
Electrical Diagrams Section...........................................................................................Section G
Wiring Diagram (Entire Machine) Code 10809 (G4047) .............................................................G-2
Wiring Diagram (Entire Machine) Code 10810 (G4047-1) ..........................................................G-3
Wiring Diagram (Entire Machine) Code 11161 (G5694) .............................................................G-5
Machine Schematic for Codes Below 11000 (G4075).................................................................G-7
Machine Schematic for Codes Above 11000 (G5691) ................................................................G-8
Control P.C. Board Schematic Codes below 11000 (G3908 Page 1)..........................................G-9
Control P.C. Board Schematic Codes below 11000 (G3908 Page 2)........................................G-10
Control P.C. Board Schematic Codes below 11000 (G3908 Page 3)........................................G-11
Control P.C. Board Assembly Codes below 11000 (G3909-2) ..................................................G-12
Control P.C. Board Schematic Codes above 11000 (G4762 Page 1)........................................G-13
Control P.C. Board Assembly Codes above 11000 (G4763-1) ..................................................G-18
Protection P.C. Board Schematic (M16115)...............................................................................G-19
Protection P.C. Board Assembly (M16062-1).............................................................................G-20

ByPass / Stabilizer P.C. Board Schematic (S22530-1) (Code 10806 & 10807) .......................G-21
ByPass / Stabilizer P.C. Board Assembly (L10121-1) (Code 10806 & 10807) .........................G-22
ByPass and CE P.C. Board Schematic (S24206) (Code 10894) ...............................................G-23
ByPass and CE P.C. Board Assembly (L10882-1) (Code 10894) .............................................G-24
TIG Option P.C. Board Schematic Codes below 11000 (G4039 Page 1)..................................G-25
TIG Option P.C. Board Schematic Codes below 11000 (G4039 Page 2)..................................G-26
TIG Option P.C. Board Assembly Codes below 11000 (G4040-2) ............................................G-27
TIG Option P.C. Board Schematic Codes above 11000 (G4760 Page 1) .................................G-28
TIG Option P.C. Board Assembly Codes above 11000 (G4761-1) ............................................G-31
PRECISION TIG 375

G-2 ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS G-2
WIRING DIAGRAM - ENTIRE MACHINE - CODE 10809 (G4047)
CONTROL PANEL (VIEWED FROM REAR)
PRECISION TIG 375 WIRING DIAGRAM L1 (U)
L2 (V)
H1
460 VOLT CONNECTION
CONNECT STRAP TO
306 1 1 301 HIGH (H4) (AS SHOWN)
303 2 2 S1
3 METER 3 304B POWER SWITCH 230 VOLT CONNECTION
4 4 302 CONNECT STRAP TO
251A
250A
5 5
6 H4 H3 H2 MID (H3)
6
A
L1 (U) 208 VOLT CONNECTION
251
(VIEWED FROM REAR) C1
MID CONNECT STRAP TO
C5 LOW (H2)
HIGH LOW C2
L5 CONTROL PC BOARD C4
MINIMUM 250
N.C. L2 (V) C3
OUTPUT DISPLAY COM H1
301 1 GROUND RECONNECT PANEL
302 2
304B
POWER FACTOR
R4 303 3
J8 CAPACITORS X5 267
304 4 S
304A 5 63.5VAC
321
H2 (208V)
315
F
316C
306 6 H3 (230V) X6 268
316B
1 W 221 TO GROUND PER
314
320
J6
2 R 222 NATIONAL H4 (460V) S X3 231
311 ELECTRICAL CODE X9 115VAC 231A
1 L4
S 231B
L6 312 2 216 201 F

313B X1 18VAC X4 232
313 3 204
316C
316B
314 4 L12 X10 F

MAXIMUM 315 5 X1
STICK BALANCE LOCAL POST FLOW SCR1 X1
OUTPUT S
313C
316 6 J9 1 G1
317 7 G1
W 221
2
(+) X7
R 222
G3 S
318 8 3 W209 78VAC
R2 R1 R3 319 9 4 G4
218 POS X1
R210
20VAC X13
320 10 X8 F
5 G2 G2 F X2
321 11 J4
223
313A 6 217 SCR2
316A
TIG
MODE
REMOTE 322 12 7 220 T1
L1
317
8 POLARITY SWITCH MICRO SWITCH

319
316A
9 218 AC A-C, D-E, B-F OPEN

318
311A
311A
10 216 DC+ B-D, C-E, A-F, G-H CLOSED

322
311
312
313
316
217 DC- B-D, A-E, C-F, G-H CLOSED 232

FRONT GANG
115VAC
D REAR GANG MICRO-SWITCH
1 252 B D2 S2A
CB1 C8 C9
G3 NO 15A
9 253 H
W 1 SCR3 E A NC 233
331
224
(STICK) (AUTO BAL) (REMOTE) (P. FLOW) (THERMAL) B 6 2 269 233B 231
W 2 10 270 F G
NEG
+ R - + G - + G - + G -
+ -
332 220 C
4 8
Y B 7 3 271
266A
(-) N.D.
233A
B W B W B W B W B W W 3 J10 11 220B 1
333 0
286
265A
220A
B 8 POS CR4
228
6 265 B
334
W 4 J11
266 SCR4 D1 X2 CR4 2 6
334
331
333
332
12
335
262
B
G4
W 5 5 262 263 234
335 10
265
266
B 13 263 S2 SV2
L7
4 213 POLARITY WATER VALVE
NEG
14 214 (REAR VIEW, SHOWN
253
SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
252
1 IN AC POSITION)
3 7 201
2 15 204 L13
J7 C1,C2,C3 POWER FACTOR CAPACITORS, 60/460
5 8 W209
ADVANCED CONTROL PANEL 4 C4,C5 BY-PASS CAPACITORS, .0047
16 R210 C6 HIGH VOLTAGE CAPACITOR, .0015/12kV
6 R7 271A BACKGROUND
RECTIFIER C7 PHASE SHIFT CAPACITOR, 15uF/250VAC
228
FREQ ON TIME BACKGROUND DOWN SLOPE C8,C9 HIGH FREQ PROTECTION CAPACITORS, .22/400
271
269 R8 267 CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15 AMP
225 225A 268 CR2,CR3 120V AC RELAY COIL
R9 R10 R11 R12 CR4 12V DC RELAY COIL
224
4 4 7 262
J3 D1 FREE WHEELING DIODE
CR2 270 263 D2 BACKGROUND DIODE
401C OCV BOOST CR3 L1 OUTPUT INDUCTOR (CHOKE)
7 201
1 *** 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RECTIFIER L2,L3 HIGH FREQ INDUCTORS
204
408
401B
409
L4 -L13 RF TOROID CHOKES

410
407
401D
401D
405
402
403
406
220B W209 R1 OUTPUT CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
223
227 R14 226 220A R210 R2 BALANCE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
220C
401 1 R3 POST FLOW POTENTIOMETER, 10K
TIG OPTION PCB
L10 402 2 AC BOOST R4 MIN OUTPUT POTENTIOMETER, 10K
CR3 8 5
403 3 B
227A R5 PHASE SHIFT RESISTOR, 200/100
(PULSE ON) 3 9 A
4-STEP ON 404 4 258 CR2 R6 HOLDING RESISTOR, 50/225
CR3
401B
405 5 R7 RESISTOR, 20/100

- G + B
220C
R8 RESISTOR, 5/50
406 6 231B 214 212 212
231C
256
R9 FREQ CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
401A
407 7 CR2
W 408 FAN S S1A R10 ON TIME CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
401
8 3 9 R11 BACKGROUND POTENTIOMETER, 10K

411
409 9 257 CR3 MICRO-
231F
260A
404
410 10 B A 213 215 SWITCH R12 DOWN SLOPE POTENTIOMETER, 10K

2-STEP OFF R13 HIGH FREQ INTENSITY CONTROL, 3/25
231A
411 C
233A
11 DC BOOST
255
TRANSFORMER
TRIGGER PULSE W 12 FAN PRIMARY
R14 RESISTOR, 8/300
BYPASS/ TRANSFORMER S1 INPUT POWER SWITCH
231E
THERMOSTAT
J1 SECONDARY S1A MICROSWITCH ON INPUT POWER SWITCH
260 STABILIZER THERMOSTAT S2 POLARITY SWITCH
PC BOARD
S2A MICROSWITCH ON POLARITY SWITCH
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 233A 223 SCR1,2,3,4 MAIN POWER SCR'S
2 231B SV1 GAS SOLENOID VALVE, 115VAC
GAS VALVE HI-FREQ
3
4
J2
235
SV1 R13 INTENSITY 233A
SV2 WATER SOLENOID VALVE, 115VAC (OPTIONAL)
T1 MAIN TRANSFORMER
J5A
5 231D T2 HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
7 231E 231A T3 HIGH FREQ TRANSFORMER
E F
238A
6 L11 COMPONENT VALUE
240
8 N.B. LEAD COLORING CODE:
UNITS:
L9 B-BLACK U-BLUE RESISTORS:
PROTECTION PCB
L2 C6 G-GREEN W-WHITE OHMS/WATTS
238
1 256 S O-ORANGE Y-YELLOW CAPACITORS:
A A 115VAC T3 R-RED
R6 MFD/VOLTS
2 260
B B 1 1 3 T2 SPARK
J12 235 CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS:
C C A 4 2 2 5
GAP
B 1 3 3
255 N.A. CONNECTION IS PIN TO PIN BETWEEN J23 AND J5.
D D L8 6 236 EXAMPLE: THIS IS PIN 7
C 2 J22 J23 4 4
4 233A
284 285 N.B. ROBOTIC INTERFACE CONNECTION. 1 2 3 7 0F CONNECTOR J5
E E 5 5 L3
239
10K A-B D 3 N.A. J5 N.C. DISPLAY TOGGLE SHOWN IN MIN AMP POSITION.
AT MINIMUM E 7 7 F
F F 6
F 5 6 6
237 N.D. PLUGS INTO LOWER SWITCHED RECEPTACLE.
8 14 1 2 3 8
OPTIONAL 8 8 FRONT J5
REMOTE WORK LATCH
236
REMOTE
RECEPTACLE R5 C7 ELECTRODE VIEW OF CONNECTOR ON PC BOARD
AMPTROLTM
ARC STARTER AS'BLY ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537.
236B
REAR
ELECTRODE 3-8-2002A
G4047
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual. The wiring diagram specific to your code is pasted inside one of the enclosure panels of your machine.
PRECISION TIG 375

WIRING DIAGRAM - ENTIRE MACHINE - CODE 10810 (G4047-1)
PRECISION TIG 375 WIRING DIAGRAM

L1 (U) H1
575 VOLT CONNECTION
CONNECT STRAP TO
L2 (V)
306 1 1 301 HIGH (H4) (AS SHOWN)
303 2 2 S1
3 METER 3 304B POWER SWITCH 460 VOLT CONNECTION
4 4 302 A CONNECT STRAP TO
251A
250A
5 5
6 H4 H3 H2 MID (H3)
6
L1 (U) 230 VOLT CONNECTION
251
(VIEWED FROM REAR) 250 C1
MID CONNECT STRAP TO
C5 LOW (H2)
HIGH LOW C2
L5 CONTROL PC BOARD C4
MINIMUM N.C. L2 (V) COM C3 H1

OUTPUT DISPLAY
302 2
304B
POWER FACTOR
R4 303 3
J8 CAPACITORS X5 267
304 4 S
304A 5 63.5VAC
321
H2 (230V)
315
F
316C
306 6 H3 (460V) X6 268
316B
314
320
J6
2 R 222 NATIONAL H4 (575V) S X3 231
311 ELECTRICAL CODE X9 115VAC 231A
1 L4
S
L6 216 201 231B

312 2 F 232
313B 313 X1 204 18VAC X4
3
316C
316B
314 4 L12 X10 F

MAXIMUM 315 5 X1
STICK BALANCE LOCAL POST FLOW SCR1 X1
OUTPUT S
313C
316 6 J9 1 G1
317 7 G1
W 221
2
(+) X7
R 222
G3 S
318 8 3 W209 78VAC
R2 R1 R3 319 9 4 G4
218 POS X1
R210
20VAC X13
320 10 X8 F
5 G2 G2 F X2
321 11 J4
223
313A 6 217 SCR2
316A
TIG
MODE
REMOTE 322 12 7 220 T1
L1
317

319
316A
9 218 AC A-C, D-E, B-F OPEN

318
311A
311A

322
311
312
313
316

FRONT GANG
115VAC
1 252 B D2 S2A
CB1 C8 C9
G3 NO 15A
9 253 H
W 1 SCR3 E A NC 233
331
224
W 2 10 270 F G
NEG
+ R - + G - + G - + G -
+ -
332 220 C
4 8
Y B 7 3 271
266A
(-)
233A
B W B W B W B W B W W 3 J10 11 220B 1 N.D.
333 0
286
265A
220A
B 8 POS CR4
228
6 265 B
334
W 4 J11
266 SCR4 D1 X2 CR4 2 6
334
331
333
332
12
335
262
B
G4
W 5 5 262 263 234
335 10
265
266
B 13 263 S2 SV2
L7
4 213 POLARITY WATER VALVE
NEG
253
SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
252
1 IN AC POSITION)
3 7 201
2 15 204 L13
5 8 W209
ADVANCED CONTROL PANEL 4 C4,C5 BY-PASS CAPACITORS, .0047
16 R210 C6 HIGH VOLTAGE CAPACITOR, .0015/12kV
6 R7 271A BACKGROUND
RECTIFIER C7 PHASE SHIFT CAPACITOR, 15uF/250VAC
228
FREQ ON TIME BACKGROUND DOWN SLOPE C8,C9 HIGH FREQ PROTECTION CAPACITORS, .22/400
271
269 R8 267 CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15 AMP
R9 R10 R11 R12 CR4 12V DC RELAY COIL
224
4 4 7 262 D1 FREE WHEELING DIODE
J3 270 263 D2 BACKGROUND DIODE
CR2
401C OCV BOOST CR3 L1 OUTPUT INDUCTOR (CHOKE)
7 201
1 *** 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RECTIFIER L2,L3 HIGH FREQ INDUCTORS
204
408
401B
409

410
407
401D
401D
405
402
403
406
220B W209 R1 OUTPUT CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
223
227 R14 226 220A R210 R2 BALANCE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
220C
401 1 TIG OPTION PCB R3 POST FLOW POTENTIOMETER, 10K
L10 402 2 AC BOOST R4 MIN OUTPUT POTENTIOMETER, 10K
CR3 8 5
403 3 B
227A R5 PHASE SHIFT RESISTOR, 200/100
(PULSE ON) 3 9 A
4-STEP ON 404 4 258 CR2 R6 HOLDING RESISTOR, 50/225
CR3
401B
405 5 R7 RESISTOR, 20/100

- G + B
220C
R8 RESISTOR, 5/50
406 6 231B 214 212 212
231C
256
R9 FREQ CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
401A
407 7 CR2
W 408 FAN S S1A R10 ON TIME CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
401
8 3 9 R11 BACKGROUND POTENTIOMETER, 10K

411
409 9 257 CR3 MICRO-
231F
260A
404
410 10 B A 213 215 SWITCH R12 DOWN SLOPE POTENTIOMETER, 10K

2-STEP OFF R13 HIGH FREQ INTENSITY CONTROL, 3/25
231A
411 C
233A
11 DC BOOST
255
TRANSFORMER
R14 RESISTOR, 8/300
BYPASS/ TRANSFORMER S1 INPUT POWER SWITCH
231E
THERMOSTAT
J1 SECONDARY S1A MICROSWITCH ON INPUT POWER SWITCH
260 STABILIZER THERMOSTAT S2 POLARITY SWITCH
PC BOARD
S2A MICROSWITCH ON POLARITY SWITCH
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 233A 223 SCR1,2,3,4 MAIN POWER SCR'S
2 231B SV1 GAS SOLENOID VALVE, 115VAC
GAS VALVE HI-FREQ
3
4
J2
235
SV2 WATER SOLENOID VALVE, 115VAC (OPTIONAL)
T1 MAIN TRANSFORMER
J5A
5 231D T2 HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
7 231E 231A T3 HIGH FREQ TRANSFORMER
E F
238A
6 L11 COMPONENT VALUE
240
8 N.B. LEAD COLORING CODE:
UNITS:
L9 B-BLACK U-BLUE RESISTORS:
PROTECTION PCB
L2 C6 G-GREEN W-WHITE OHMS/WATTS
238
1 256 S O-ORANGE Y-YELLOW CAPACITORS:
A A
T3
115VAC R-RED MFD/VOLTS

R6
2 260
B B 1 1 3 T2 SPARK
J12 235 CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS:
C C A 4 2 2 5
GAP
B 1 3 3
255 N.A. CONNECTION IS PIN TO PIN BETWEEN J23 AND J5.
C 2 J22 J23 4 4
4 233A
284 285 N.B. ROBOTIC INTERFACE CONNECTION. 1 2 3 7 0F CONNECTOR J5
E E 5 5 L3
239
AT MINIMUM E 7 7 F
F F 6
F 5 6 6
8 14 1 2 3 8
OPTIONAL 8 8 FRONT J5
REMOTE WORK LATCH
236
REMOTE
RECEPTACLE R5 C7 ELECTRODE VIEW OF CONNECTOR ON PC BOARD
AMPTROLTM
236B
REAR
ELECTRODE 3-8-2002A
G4047-1
PRECISION TIG 375

415 VOLT CONNECTION

CONNECT STRAP TO
CONTROL PANEL (VIEWED FROM REAR) HIGH (H4) (AS SHOWN)
PRECISION TIG 375 WIRING DIAGRAM 380-400 VOLT CONNECTION

CONNECT STRAP TO
MID (H3)
L1 (U) H1
220-230 VOLT CONNECTION L2 (V)

306 1 1 301
303 2 2 CONNECT STRAP TO
06/17/2002
S1
3 METER 3 304B POWER SWITCH
4 4 LOW (H2)
302 PROTECTIVE BONDING CIRCUIT
251A
250A
5 5 220 VAC 220VAC
6 6 RECEPT. H4 H3 H2
A 51
RECONNECT PANEL SUPPORT L1 (U) CB2
251
(VIEWED FROM REAR) C1
GND1 GND-H GND-H2 GND4 GND5 GND6 50 5A
L1A MID 52
250
BYPASS
PC BOARD HIGH LOW C2
L5 CONTROL PC BOARD T1 TO GROUND PER CASE 115 VAC GAS L2A
50A
CONTROL CASE
MINIMUM PANEL FRONT TRANS. NATIONAL BACK RECEPT. VALVE
N.C. L2 (V) C3
OUTPUT DISPLAY FOOT ELECTRIC CODE COM H1
302 2 X5 267
304B
POWER FACTOR S
R4 303 3
J8 CAPACITORS 63.5VAC
304 4 H2 (220V) F
304A 5 X6 268
321
315
H3 (380V)
316C
306 6 H4 (415V) S X3 231
316B
314
320
J6 NATIONAL 250 H5 (440V) 231A
2 R 222 115VAC 231B
311 ELECTRICAL CODE X9
1 L4 S
L6 312 2 216 201 X4 232

313B 313 X1 204 18VAC
3 105VAC
316C
316B
314 4 L12 X10 F F

MAXIMUM 315 5 X1 X14 52
STICK BALANCE LOCAL OUTPUT POST FLOW SCR1
313C
316 6
317 7
J9 1 G1 S X1
G1
W 221
2
(+) X7
R 222
G3 S 78VAC
318 8 3 W209
R2 R1 R3 319 9 4 G4
218 POS X1
R210
20VAC X13
320 10 X8 F
5 G2 G2 F X2
321 11 J4
223
313A 6 217 SCR2
316A
TIG
MODE
REMOTE 322 12 7 220 T1
L1
317

319
316A
318 9 218 AC A-C, D-E, B-F OPEN
311A
311A

322
311
312
313
316

FRONT GANG
115VAC
1 252 B D2 S2A
CB1 C8 C9
G3 NO 15A
9 253 H
W 1 SCR3 E A NC 233
331
224
W 2 10 270 F G
NEG
+ R - + G - + G - + G -
+ -
332 220 C
4 8
Y B 7 3 271
266A
(-)
233A
B W B W B W B W B W W 3 J10 11 220B 1
333 0
286
50A
265A
220A
B 8 POS CR4
228
6 265 B
334
W 4 J11
266 SCR4 D1 X2 CR4 2 6
334
331
333
332
12
335
262
B
G4
W 5 5 262 263 234
335 10
265
266
B 13 263 S2 SV2
L7
4 213 POLARITY N.D. WATER VALVE
NEG
253
SWITCH (OPTIONAL)
252
1 IN AC POSITION)
3 7 201
2 15 204 L13
5 8 W209 C4,C5 BY-PASS CAPACITORS, .0047
ADVANCED CONTROL PANEL 4 R210 C6 HIGH VOLTAGE CAPACITOR, .0015/12kV
6 16 BACKGROUND
R7 271A
RECTIFIER
C7 PHASE SHIFT CAPACITOR, 15uF/250VAC
228
C8,C9 HIGH FREQ PROTECTION CAPACITORS, .22/400

FREQ ON TIME BACKGROUND DOWN SLOPE

271
269 R8 267 CB1
CB2
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15 AMP
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 5 AMP
R9 R10 R11 R12
224
4 4 7 262 CR4 12V DC RELAY COIL
J3 D1 FREE WHEELING DIODE
CR2 270 263
D2 BACKGROUND DIODE
401C OCV BOOST CR3
7 201 L1 OUTPUT INDUCTOR (CHOKE)
1 06/3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 RECTIFIER
204 L2,L3 HIGH FREQ INDUCTORS
408
401B
409
410
407
401D
17/
401D
405
402
403
406
220B W209 L4 -L13 RF TOROID CHOKES
223
20 227 R14 226 220A R210 R1 OUTPUT CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
02 220C R2 BALANCE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
401 1
L10 402 2
TIG OPTION PCB AC BOOST
R3 POST FLOW POTENTIOMETER, 10K
CR3 8 5 R4 MIN OUTPUT POTENTIOMETER, 10K
403 3 B
227A
(PULSE ON) 3 9 A R5 PHASE SHIFT RESISTOR, 200/100
4-STEP ON 404 4 258 CR2 CR3 R6 HOLDING RESISTOR, 50/225
401B
- G + 405 5 220C
B R7 RESISTOR, 20/100
406 6 231B 214 212 212
231C
R8 RESISTOR, 5/50
256
401A
407 7 CR2
W 408 FAN S S1A R9 FREQ CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K
401
8 3 9 R10 ON TIME CONTROL POTENTIOMETER, 10K

411
409 9 257 CR3 MICRO-
231F
260A
404
215 SWITCH R11 BACKGROUND POTENTIOMETER, 10K

410 10 B A 213
2-STEP OFF R12 DOWN SLOPE POTENTIOMETER, 10K
231A
411 C
233A
11 DC BOOST
255
TRANSFORMER R13 HIGH FREQ INTENSITY CONTROL, 3/25
TRANSFORMER R14 RESISTOR, 8/300
BYPASS/
231E
THERMOSTAT
J1 SECONDARY S1 INPUT POWER SWITCH
260 STABILIZER THERMOSTAT S1A MICROSWITCH ON INPUT POWER SWITCH
PC BOARD S2 POLARITY SWITCH
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 233A 223 S2A MICROSWITCH ON POLARITY SWITCH
2 231B SCR1,2,3,4 MAIN POWER SCR'S
GAS VALVE HI-FREQ
3
4
J2
235
SV1
SV2
GAS SOLENOID VALVE, 115VAC
WATER SOLENOID VALVE, 115VAC (OPTIONAL)
J5A
5 231D T1 MAIN TRANSFORMER
7 231E 231A T2 HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
E F T3 HIGH FREQ TRANSFORMER
238A
6 L11
240
8 N.B. COMPONENT VALUE
LEAD COLORING CODE:
L9 UNITS:
PROTECTION PCB B-BLACK U-BLUE
L2 C6
RESISTORS:
238
S G-GREEN W-WHITE OHMS/WATTS
A A 1 256 O-ORANGE Y-YELLOW CAPACITORS:
115VAC T3 R6
2 260
B B 1 1 R-RED MFD/VOLTS
2 2 J12 3 235 T2 SPARK
GAP
C C A 4 5
B 1 3 3
255 N.A. CONNECTION IS PIN TO PIN BETWEEN J23 AND J5. CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS:
D D L8 6 236
C 2 J22 J23 4 4
4 233A
284 285 N.B. ROBOTIC INTERFACE CONNECTION. EXAMPLE: THIS IS PIN 7
E E 5 5 L3 1 2 3 7 0F CONNECTOR J5
239
AT MINIMUM E 7 7 F
F F 6
F 5 6 6
OPTIONAL 8 8 FRONT 8 14 1 2 3 8
REMOTE WORK
236
REMOTE J5
ELECTRODE LATCH
AMPTROLTM
RECEPTACLE R5 C7 VIEW OF CONNECTOR ON PC BOARD
236B
REAR
ELECTRODE A
G4047-2
PRECISION TIG 375

WIRING DIAGRAM - ENTIRE MACHINE - CODE 11161 (G5694)
N.A. CONNECTION IS PIN TO PIN BETWEEN J23 AND J5. 460 V C1,C2,C3 POWER FACTOR CAPACITORS, 60/460
N.B. ROBOTIC INTERFACE CONNECTION. C4,C5 BY-PASS CAPACITORS, .0047
L1 (U) H1
CONNECT STRAP TO HIGH (H4) (AS SHOWN)
N.C. DISPLAY TOGGLE SHOWN IN MIN AMP POSITION.
PRECISION TIG 375 WIRING DIAGRAM
C6 HIGH VOLTAGE CAPACITOR, .0015/12kV
PANNEAU DE COMMANDE (VIEWED FROM REAR) N.D. PLUGS INTO LOWER SWITCHED RECEPTACLE. CONNECTER LA BRIDE SUR HAUT (H4) (COMME ILLUSTRÉ)
C7 PHASE SHIFT CAPACITOR, 15uF/250VAC
PANEL DE CONTROL (VISTO DESDE ATRÁS)
SUJETADOR DE CONEXIÓN A ALTO (H4) (COMO SE MUESTRA)
N.A. CONNEXION CONTACT-CONTACT ENTRE J23 ET J5
SCHÉMA DE CÂBLAGE DIAGRAMAS DE CABLEADO
L2 (V) C8,C9 HIGH FREQ PROTECTION CAPACITORS, .22/400
N.B. CONNEXION INTERFACE ROBOTIQUE 230 V S1 CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15 AMP
N.C. AFFICHE LA BASCULE ILLUSTRÉE EN POSITION A MINIMUM.CONNECT STRAP TO MID (H3) H1 CR2,CR3 120V AC RELAY COIL
251
N.D. SE BRANCHE À LA PRISE À INTERRUPTEUR INFÉRIEURE CONNECTER LA BRIDE SUR MOYEN (H3) C8 115VAC
METER 1 344 CB1 C9 CR4 12V DC RELAY COIL
N.A. LA CONEXIÓNES DE PIN A PIN ENTRE J23 ET J5
251A
250A
COMPTEUR 2 SUJETADOR DE CONEXIÓN A MEDIO (H3) H4 H3 H2 15A
347 N.B. CONEXIÓN DE LA INTERFAZ ROBÓTICA. C1 D1 FREE WHEELING DIODE
MEDIDOR 3 345 208 V A 232 233
N.C. EL INTERRUPTOR DE PALANCA DE LA PANTALLA L1 (U) X5 L1 OUTPUT INDUCTOR (CHOKE)
4 343 CONNECT STRAP TO LOW (H2) S 233B 231
SE MUESTRA EN LA POSICIÓN. 63.5VAC L2,L3 HIGH FREQ INDUCTORS
CONNECTER LA BRIDE SUR BAS (H2) MID C2 H2 (208V)
J7 N.D. ENCHUFES EN RECEPTÁCULO CONMUTADO INFERIOR. SUJETADOR DE CONEXIÓN A BAJO (H2) F 4 8
S3
C5 H3 (230V) X6
HIGH LOW R5 PHASE SHIFT RESISTOR, 200/100
H4 (460V) S X3 231
233A
1 C4 R6 HOLDING RESISTOR, 50/225
316D 2 C3 X9 231A N.D.
343 3
CONTROL PC BOARD 250 201
S 115VAC 231B CR4 2 6 R7A,R7B, RESISTOR, 25/25
CI DE COMMANDE L2 (V) F
GND6
COM 18VAC X4 232 R7C,R7D
344 4 204
346 345 5 J13 TABLEAU DE GROUND
RECONNECT PANEL
F
234 R8A,R8B RESISTOR, 5/50
L5
346 6 TARJETA ELECTRONICA TERRE
PANNEAU DE RECONNEXION
PANEL DE RECONEXIÓN
X10 R13 HIGH FREQ INTENSITY CONTROL, 3/25
DISPLAY 347 7 DE CONTROL TIERRA S
X1
86VAC R14 RESISTOR, 8/300
8 X13 223
AFFICHAGE TO GROUND PER A LA TERRE SELON LE CODE X7 S SV2 S1 INPUT POWER SWITCH
1
R4
PANTALLA NATIONAL ÉLECTRIQUE NATIONAL W209 S1A MICROSWITCH ON INPUT POWER SWITCH
MIN. OUTPUT 20VAC 75VAC
2 ELECTRICAL CODE A TIERRA CONFORME EL CÓDIGO R210 S2 POLARITY SWITCH
RENDEMENT 3 X8 F
ELÉCTRICO NACIONAL F X2 S2A MICROSWITCH ON POLARITY SWITCH
N.C. J8
T1
SALIDA 4
5 S3 MENU SWITCH
6 SCR1,2,3, MAIN POWER SCR'S
321
315
316C
1 4
316B
W 221
J6 SV1 GAS SOLENOID VALVE, 115VAC
314
2
320
R 222 216A
311 1 SV2 WATER SOLENOID VALVE, 115VAC (OPTIONAL)
BALANCE L6 312 2 L4 216
313B X1 X1 0 1 T1 MAIN TRANSFORMER
ÉQUILIBRE 313 3 CR4
STICK BALANCEADO T2 HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
ÉLECTRODE MAX OUTPUT POST FLOW 314 4 L12
T3 HIGH FREQ TRANSFORMER
316C
5
SCR1
316B
315
VARILLA LOCAL RENDEMENT ÉCOULEMENT DE POTEA

6
262
SALIDA FLUJO DEL POSTE 316 J9 263
1 G1
R2 R1 R3
313C
317 7 2 G3 G1 C1,C2,C3 CONDENSATEURS FACTEUR DE PUISSANCE, 60/460

(+)
318 8 3 CAPACITORES DE FACTOR DE POTENCIA, 60/460
W 221
R 222
319 9 218 POS
4 G4 218A C4,C5 CONDENSATEURS DÉRIVATION , .0047
320 10 5 G2
321 11 J4 G2 CAPACITORES DE DERIVACIÓN, .0047
6
SCR2
313A 217 C6 CONDENSATEUR HAUTE TENSION, .0015/12kV
TIG
322 12 7 220
L1
316A
REMOTE S2 S2A CAPACITOR DE ALTO VOLTAJE, .0015/12kV

8
À DISTANCE AC A-C, D-E, B-F OPEN OUVERT ABIERTO CONDENSATEUR CHANGEMENT DE PHASE 15Mf/250VCA
9 C7
317
218
319
REMOTO DC+ B-D, C-E, A-F, G-H CLOSED FERMÉ CERRADO CAPACITOR DE CAMBIO DE FASE 15uf/250VCA
316A
10 216 217A
318
311A
DC- B-D, A-E, C-F, G-H CLOSED FERMÉ CERRADO

311A
217 C8,C9 CONDENSATEURS DE PROTECTION HF, .22/400

322
311
312
313
316
CAPACITORES DE PROTECCIÓN CONTRA ALTA

D
BALANCE REMOTE POST FLOW THERMAL
1 252
G3
B S2A NO CB1
FRECUENCIA, 22/400
DISJONCTEUR, 15 AMP
9 253
SCR3
STICK ÉQUILIBRE À DISTANCE ÉCOULEMENT DE POTEA THERMIQUE 1 E H
331
W A NC INTERRUPTOR AUTOMÁTICO, 15 AMPS
ÉLECTRODE BALANCEADO REMOTO FLUJO DEL POSTE TERMAL B 6 2 269 CR2,CR3 BOBINE RELAI DE 120V CA
F G
224
VARILLA 2 10
+ R - + G - + G - + G - 270
W
332 220 BOBINA DE RELÉ DE 120V DE AC
Y 7 3 C
+ -
B 271
NEG
3 11 CR4 BOBINE RELAI DE 12V CC
(-)
B W B W B W B W B
333
W
J10 229A
266A
W
8 POS BOBINA DE RELEVADOR DE 12V DE AC
SCR4 D1
B
6 265 B
220B
4
265A
220A
W J11 X2 D1 DIODE ROUE LIBRE
334
228
B 9 12 266
DIODO DE RUEDA LIBRE
G4
5 5
334
331
333
332
262
335
W
335 L1 INDUCTEUR DE SORTIE (STARTER)
L7
B 10 13 263 S2 INDUCTOR DE SALIDA (ESTABILADOR)
265
266
4 213
L2,L3 INDUCTEUR DE HAUTE FRÉQUENCE
ADVANCED CONTROL PANEL (OPTIONAL) 14 214
1 INDUCTORES DE ALTA FRECUENCIA
NEG
PANNEAU DE COMMANDE AVANCÉ (OPTION)
253
7
252
PANEL DE CONTROL AVANZADO (OPCIONAL) 3 201 L4 -L13 STARTERS TOROÏDE FRÉQUENCE RADIO
R7B
R7A
2 15 204 L13 ESTABILIZADORES TOROIDAL RF
J7
5 8 W209 R5 RÉSISTANCE CHANGEMENT DE PHASE, 200/100
4 217A RESISTOR DE CAMBIO DE FASE, 200/100
DOWN SLOPE 16 R210
R7C
ON TIME BACKGROUND 6
À L 'HEURE ARRIÈRE PLAN VERS LE BAS PENTE 229 271A R6 RÉSISTANCE DE MAINTIEN, 50/225
EL TIEMPO ABAJO CUESTA R7D
R8A
228
FREQ FONDO 218A RESISTOR DE SOSTENIMIENTO, 50/225
269
R7A,R7B,
R9 R10 R11 R12

225 271 RÉSISTANCE, 25/25, RESISTORE, 25/25
225A
R7C,R7D
4 4 7 262 R8A,R8B RÉSISTANCE, 5/50
J3
224
268
CR2 270 263 RESISTORES, 5/50
401C CR3 R13 CONTRÔLE DE HAUTE FRÉQUENCE, 3/25
R8B
201
1 *** 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
7
CONTROL DE HF
220B
204
229A W209 R14 RÉSISTANCE, 8/300
R14
408
401B
409
410
407
401D
401D
405
402
403
406
J1 227 226 229 R210 RESISTORES, 8/300
223
401 1 S1 INTERRUPTEUR DE PUISSANCE D’ENTRÉE
L10 402 2 CR3 216A INTERRUPTOR DE ENERGÍA DE ENTRADA
TIG OPTION PCB
PCB DE OPCIÓN
4 STEP SPOT CR3
403 3 S1A MICRO - INTERRUPTEUR SUR INTERRUPTEUR DE
CI OPTION TIG
8 5
4 TEMPS TACHE
B + R -
227A
4
B
404
3 9 A
4 PASO PUNTO W 258 CR2 PUISSANCE D’ENTRÉE
405 5 GND6
401B
SPOT MICROINTERRUPTOR EN EL INTERRUPTOR DE ENERGÍA

TACHE 406 6 231B 214 212 212
DE ENTRADA
TIG
PUNTO 407 7
401A
CR2
231C
- G + FAN BYPASS/STABILIZER PC BOARD S2 INTERRUPTEUR DE POLARITÉ
256
408 8 S S1A
413
B
9 CI DÉRIVATION/STABILISATEUR INTERRUPTOR DE POLARIDAD
3 9
409 257
401
CR3
PULSE 410 10 VENTILATEUR 213 215
411
W
B A
S2A MICRO - INTERRUPTEUR SUR INTERRUPTEUR DE
TARJETA ELECTRONICA
231F
260A
2 STEP PULSE PULSÉ 411 11 VENTILADOR C T1 PRIMARY
2 TEMPS PULSÉ DE DERIVACIÓN / POLARITÉ
404
PULSACIÓN THERMOSTAT T1 SECONDARY THERMOSTAT

12
231A
W
233A
2 PASO PULSACIÓN MICROINTERRUPTOR EN EL INTERRUPTOR DE
255
FAN ESTABILIZADOR T1 PRIMAIRE T1 SECONDAIRE THERMOSTAT
413 1 J20 THERMOSTAT TERMOSTATO SECUNDARIO POLARIDAD
231E
W 2 260
TERMOSTATO DEL T1 S3 INTERRUPTEUR MENU
PRIMARIO DEL T1 INTERRUPTOR DE MENÚ
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 233A 223
2 SCR1,2,3, PUISSANCE PRINCIPALE REDRESSEURS COMMANDÉS AU
231B
3
4
J2
235
SV1 R13 233A
4 SILICIUM
SCR'S DE ALIMENTACIÓN PRINCIPAL
J5A
5 231D SV1 SOUPAPE SOLÉNOÏDE DE GAZ, 115 VAC
7 231E 231A
E F VÁLVULA DE SOLENOIDE DE GAS, 115 VCA
6 L11 SV2 SOUPAPE SOLÉNOÏDE À EAU, 115 VAC
8
238A
N.B. COMPONENT VALUE UNITS: UNIDADES DE VALOR DE COMPONENTES: VALVULA DE SOLENOIDE DE AGUA, 115 VCA
240
PROTECTION PCB L9
L2
RESISTORS: OHMS/WATTS RESISTORES: OHMS/WATTS T1 TRANSFORMATEUR PRINCIPAL
C6
CI PROTECTION CAPACITORS: MFD/VOLTS CAPACITORES: MFD/VOLTIOS
PCB DE PROTECCIÓN TRANSFORMADOR PRINCIPAL
1 256 S
T3
UNITÉS DE VALEUR DES COMPOSANTS:
R6
238
A A 115VAC T2 TRANSFORMATEUR HAUTE TENSION
2 260 RÉSISTANCES: OHMS/WATTS
B B 1 1 3 T2 SPARK GAP TRANSFORMADOR DE ALTO VOLTAJE
235 CONDENSATEURS: MFD/VOLTS

A 2 2 J12 ÉCLATEUR T3 TRANSFORMATEUR HAUTE FRÉQUENCE

C C 4 5 255
B 1 3 3 ABERTURA CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS: NOMBRE DE CONTACTS CONNECTEURS TRANSFORMADOR ALTA FRECUENCIA
D D L8 6 236 NÚMEROS DE PINES DE CONECTORES:
C 2 J23 4 4 DE CHISPA 284 285
4
L3
J22 233A LEAD COLORING CODE:
10K A-B E E D 3 5 N.A. 5 J5 EXAMPLE: THIS IS PIN 1 1 2 3 7 CODE DE COULEUR DES CÂBLES:
E 7 7 F 0F CONNECTOR J5
MINIMUM 6
239
F F CÓDIGO DE COLORES DE CABLES:
F 5 6 6
237 EXEMPLE: C'EST LE CONTACT 1 1 2 3 8
8 FRONT WORK DU CONNECTEUR J5 B-BLACK R-RED W-WHITE
8 ELECTRODE 8 J5 14
NOIR ROUGE BLANC
REMOTE RECEPTACLE PIÈCE EJEMPLO: ESTE ES EL PIN 1 DEL
C7
AMPTROLTM VIEW OF CONNECTOR ON PC BOARD BLANCO
PRISE À DISTANCE R5 ÉLECTRODE AVANT NEGRO ROJO
236
REAR TRABAJO CONECTOR J5 VUE DES CONNECTEURS SUR CI B-BLUE Y-YELLOW

RECEPTÁCULO REMOTO ARC STARTER AS'BLY ELECTRODO FRONTAL VISTA DEL CONECTOR EN LA
G-GREEN
BLEU JAUNE
ENSEMBLE DÉMARREUR D'ARC ELECTRODE ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537. TARJETA ELECTRONICA
VERT
AZUL AMARILLO
VERDE
A
236B ÉLECTRODE ARRIÈRE
ENSAMBLE DE ARRANCADOR DE SYMBOLES ÉLECTRIQUES SELON E1537 O-ORANGE
ARCO ELECTRODO POSTERIOR SÍMBOLOS ELÉCTRICOS CONFORME A E1537 NARANJA G5694PRINT
R
CLEVELAND , OHIO
PRECISION TIG 375

No
MANUFACTURER:
N.A. CONNECTION IS PIN TO PIN BETWEEN J23 AND J5. 575 V C1,C2,C3 POWER FACTOR CAPACITORS, 60/460
N.B. ROBOTIC INTERFACE CONNECTION. PRECISION TIG 375 WIRING DIAGRAM C4,C5 BY-PASS CAPACITORS, .0047
N.C. DISPLAY TOGGLE SHOWN IN MIN AMP POSITION. CONNECT STRAP TO HIGH (H4) (AS SHOWN)
C6 HIGH VOLTAGE CAPACITOR, .0015/12kV
N.D. PLUGS INTO LOWER SWITCHED RECEPTACLE. CONNECTER LA BRIDE SUR HAUT (H4) (COMME ILLUSTRÉ) L1 (U) H1
SCHÉMA DE CÂBLAGE DIAGRAMAS DE CABLEADO C7 PHASE SHIFT CAPACITOR, 15uF/250VAC
N.A. CONNEXION CONTACT-CONTACT ENTRE J23 ET J5 SUJETADOR DE CONEXIÓN A ALTO (H4) (COMO SE MUESTRA)
PANNEAU DE COMMANDE (VIEWED FROM REAR) 232 115VAC C8,C9 HIGH FREQ PROTECTION CAPACITORS, .22/400
N.B. CONNEXION INTERFACE ROBOTIQUE 460 V CB1 C8 C9 CB1 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 15 AMP
PANEL DE CONTROL (VISTO DESDE ATRÁS)
L2 (V)
N.C. AFFICHE LA BASCULE ILLUSTRÉE EN POSITION A MINIMUM.CONNECT STRAP TO MID (H3)
N.D. SE BRANCHE À LA PRISE À INTERRUPTEUR INFÉRIEURE CONNECTER LA BRIDE SUR MOYEN (H3) S1 15A CR2,CR3 120V AC RELAY COIL
233 CR4 12V DC RELAY COIL
N.A. LA CONEXIÓNES DE PIN A PIN ENTRE J23 ET J5 SUJETADOR DE CONEXIÓN A MEDIO (H3)
251
233B 231 D1 FREE WHEELING DIODE
N.B. CONEXIÓN DE LA INTERFAZ ROBÓTICA. A
METER 1 344 N.C. EL INTERRUPTOR DE PALANCA DE LA PANTALLA
230 V 4 8
L1 OUTPUT INDUCTOR (CHOKE)
CONNECT STRAP TO LOW (H2)
251A
250A
COMPTEUR 2 347 H4 H3 H2 H1 L2,L3 HIGH FREQ INDUCTORS
SE MUESTRA EN LA POSICIÓN. CONNECTER LA BRIDE SUR BAS (H2) 1
MEDIDOR 3 345 0
233A
N.D. ENCHUFES EN RECEPTÁCULO CONMUTADO INFERIOR. SUJETADOR DE CONEXIÓN A BAJO (H2) L1 (U) CR4 L4 -L13 RF TOROID CHOKES
4 343 250 C1
J7 CR4 2 6 R5 PHASE SHIFT RESISTOR, 200/100
MID
S3 X5 R6 HOLDING RESISTOR, 50/225
262
C5 S 263 234
1
2 CONTROL PC BOARD C4
HIGH LOW C2 H2 (230V) 63.5VAC R7A,R7B, RESISTOR, 25/25
316D 343 3 CI DE COMMANDE H3 (460V) F X6 268 R7C,R7D
344 4 TABLEAU DE R8A,R8B RESISTOR, 5/50
345 5 TARJETA ELECTRONICA L2 (V) COM C3
H4 (575V) S X3 231
R13 HIGH FREQ INTENSITY CONTROL, 3/25
J13 231A
346 L5 346 6 DE CONTROL GROUND RECONNECT PANEL
PANNEAU DE RECONNEXION 201
X9 S 115VAC
231B R14 RESISTOR, 8/300
347 7 TERRE PANEL DE RECONEXIÓN 18VAC F X4 232 S1 INPUT POWER SWITCH
8 TIERRA 204
DISPLAY F N.D. S1A MICROSWITCH ON INPUT POWER SWITCH
AFFICHAGE X10
S2 POLARITY SWITCH
X1
PANTALLA 1 S 86VAC S2A MICROSWITCH ON POLARITY SWITCH
R4
MIN. OUTPUT
2 A LA TERRE SELON LE CODE X13 S3 MENU SWITCH
RENDEMENT 3 TO GROUND PER X7
SALIDA N.C. J8 ÉLECTRIQUE NATIONAL W209 S
SCR1,2,3, MAIN POWER SCR'S
4 NATIONAL 20VAC 75VAC
A TIERRA CONFORME EL CÓDIGO R210 4
5 ELECTRICAL CODE F
6
ELÉCTRICO NACIONAL X8 F X2 SV2 SV1 GAS SOLENOID VALVE, 115VAC
T1
321
315
223
1 W 221
316C
J6 78VAC SV2 WATER SOLENOID VALVE, 115VAC (OPTIONAL)
316B
2 R 222
T1 MAIN TRANSFORMER
314
320
216A
311 1 L4 T2 HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER
BALANCE L6
ÉQUILIBRE
312 2 216
T3 HIGH FREQ TRANSFORMER
313B X1
3
STICK BALANCEADO 313

ÉLECTRODE MAX OUTPUT POST FLOW 314 4 L12
C1,C2,C3 CONDENSATEURS FACTEUR DE PUISSANCE, 60/460
316C
5
SCR1
316B
VARILLA LOCAL RENDEMENT ÉCOULEMENT DE POTEA 315

SALIDA FLUJO DEL POSTE 316 6 CAPACITORES DE FACTOR DE POTENCIA, 60/460
J9 1 G1
313C
R2 R1 R3
317 7 2 G3 G1 (+) C4,C5 CONDENSATEURS DÉRIVATION , .0047
318 8 3
W 221
CAPACITORES DE DERIVACIÓN, .0047
R 222
319 9 218 POS
4 G4 C6 CONDENSATEUR HAUTE TENSION, .0015/12kV
320 10 5 G2 218A
321 11 J4 G2 CAPACITOR DE ALTO VOLTAJE, .0015/12kV
313A 6 217
SCR2
TIG 322 12 C7 CONDENSATEUR CHANGEMENT DE PHASE 15Mf/250VCA
7 220
L1
REMOTE
316A
8 S2 S2A CAPACITOR DE CAMBIO DE FASE 15uf/250VCA

À DISTANCE AC A-C, D-E, B-F OPEN OUVERT ABIERTO
9 C8,C9 CONDENSATEURS DE PROTECTION HF, .22/400
317
218
319
REMOTO
DC+ B-D, C-E, A-F, G-H CLOSED FERMÉ CERRADO
316A
10 216 217A CAPACITORES DE PROTECCIÓN CONTRA ALTA

318
311A
311A
217 DC- B-D, A-E, C-F, G-H CLOSED FERMÉ CERRADO

322
FRECUENCIA, 22/400
311
312
313
316
CB1 DISJONCTEUR, 15 AMP

D
BALANCE REMOTE POST FLOW THERMAL
1 252
G3
B S2A NO
INTERRUPTOR AUTOMÁTICO, 15 AMPS
CR2,CR3 BOBINE RELAI DE 120V CA
9 253
SCR3
STICK ÉQUILIBRE À DISTANCE ÉCOULEMENT DE POTEA THERMIQUE 1 E H
331
W A NC BOBINA DE RELÉ DE 120V DE AC
ÉLECTRODE BALANCEADO REMOTO FLUJO DEL POSTE TERMAL B 6 2 269
VARILLA F G CR4 BOBINE RELAI DE 12V CC
224
2 10
+ R - + G - + G - + G - 270
W
332 220 BOBINA DE RELEVADOR DE 12V DE AC
Y 7 3 C
+ -
271
NEG
B
3 11 D1 DIODE ROUE LIBRE
(-)
B W B W B W B W B
333
W
J10 229A
266A
W
8 POS DIODO DE RUEDA LIBRE
SCR4 D1
B
4 6 265 B
265A
220B
220A
W J11 X2 L1 INDUCTEUR DE SORTIE (STARTER)
334
228
9 12 266
INDUCTOR DE SALIDA (ESTABILADOR)
B
G4
5 5
334
331
333
332
262
335
W
335 L2,L3 INDUCTEUR DE HAUTE FRÉQUENCE
L7
B 10 13 263 S2 INDUCTORES DE ALTA FRECUENCIA
265
266
4 213
GND6
ADVANCED CONTROL PANEL (OPTIONAL) L4 -L13 STARTERS TOROÏDE FRÉQUENCE RADIO
14 214
ESTABILIZADORES TOROIDAL RF
NEG
PANNEAU DE COMMANDE AVANCÉ (OPTION) 1
253
7
252
201
R7B
R7A
PANEL DE CONTROL AVANZADO (OPCIONAL) 3 R5 RÉSISTANCE CHANGEMENT DE PHASE, 200/100
2 15 204 L13
J7 RESISTOR DE CAMBIO DE FASE, 200/100
5 8 W209 R6 RÉSISTANCE DE MAINTIEN, 50/225
4 217A
16 R210 RESISTOR DE SOSTENIMIENTO, 50/225
R7C
ON TIME BACKGROUND DOWN SLOPE 6 229
ARRIÈRE PLAN VERS LE BAS PENTE 271A R7A,R7B,
R7D
À L 'HEURE RÉSISTANCE, 25/25, RESISTORE, 25/25
228
R8A
FREQ EL TIEMPO FONDO ABAJO CUESTA 218A R7C,R7D
269
271 R8A,R8B RÉSISTANCE, 5/50
R9 R10 R11 R12

225 225A
RESISTORES, 5/50
4 4 7 R13 CONTRÔLE DE HAUTE FRÉQUENCE, 3/25
224
268
J3 270 262 CONTROL DE HF
CR2
CR3 R14 RÉSISTANCE, 8/300
R8B
401C 263
220B
1 *** 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
7
RESISTORES, 8/300
201
229A S1 INTERRUPTEUR DE PUISSANCE D’ENTRÉE
R14
408
204
401B
409
410
407
401D
401D
405
402
403
406
227 226 229 INTERRUPTOR DE ENERGÍA DE ENTRADA

J1 W209
223
401 1 CR3 S1A MICRO - INTERRUPTEUR SUR INTERRUPTEUR DE
216A R210
2
TIG OPTION PCB
402 PUISSANCE D’ENTRÉE

PCB DE OPCIÓN
L10 8 5
CR3 227A
CI OPTION TIG
4 STEP SPOT 403 3 MICROINTERRUPTOR EN EL INTERRUPTOR DE ENERGÍA

4 TEMPS TACHE
PUNTO B + R - W 404 4
3 9
258
B
CR2
A
GND6 DE ENTRADA
4 PASO 405 5
401B
SPOT S2 INTERRUPTEUR DE POLARITÉ

TACHE 406 6 231B 214 212 212
TIG
407 7 INTERRUPTOR DE POLARIDAD

PUNTO
401A
CR2 BYPASS/STABILIZER PC BOARD
231C
- G + S2A MICRO - INTERRUPTEUR SUR INTERRUPTEUR DE
256
408 8 FAN S S1A
413
B
409 9
3 9
257 CI DÉRIVATION/STABILISATEUR POLARITÉ
401
CR3
410 10 VENTILATEUR 213 215
411
W PULSE B A
MICROINTERRUPTOR EN EL INTERRUPTOR DE
231F
260A
2 STEP PULSE PULSÉ 411 11 VENTILADOR C TARJETA ELECTRONICA DE T1 PRIMARY
T1 SECONDARY THERMOSTAT POLARIDAD
404
2 TEMPS PULSÉ PULSACIÓN 12 THERMOSTAT
231A
W DERIVACIÓN /
233A
T1 SECONDAIRE THERMOSTAT
255
2 PASO PULSACIÓN FAN T1 PRIMAIRE S3 INTERRUPTEUR MENU
413 1 J20 ESTABILIZADOR THERMOSTAT TERMOSTATO SECUNDARIO INTERRUPTOR DE MENÚ
231E
W 2 260 DEL T1
TERMOSTATO SCR1,2,3, PUISSANCE PRINCIPALE REDRESSEURS COMMANDÉS AU
233A PRIMARIO DEL T1
1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 223 4 SILICIUM
2 SCR'S DE ALIMENTACIÓN PRINCIPAL
231B
SV1
GAS VALVE
3 SV1 SOUPAPE SOLÉNOÏDE DE GAZ, 115 VAC
4
J5A
J2
235 R13 233A VÁLVULA DE SOLENOIDE DE GAS, 115 VCA
5 231D SV2 SOUPAPE SOLÉNOÏDE À EAU, 115 VAC
7 231E 231A
E F VALVULA DE SOLENOIDE DE AGUA, 115 VCA
6 L11
COMPONENT VALUE UNITS: UNIDADES DE VALOR DE COMPONENTES: T1 TRANSFORMATEUR PRINCIPAL
8
238A
RESISTORS: OHMS/WATTS RESISTORES: OHMS/WATTS
N.B. TRANSFORMADOR PRINCIPAL
240
PROTECTION PCB L9 CAPACITORS: MFD/VOLTS CAPACITORES: MFD/VOLTIOS
CI PROTECTION
PCB DE PROTECCIÓN
L2 C6
UNITÉS DE VALEUR DES COMPOSANTS:
T2 TRANSFORMATEUR HAUTE TENSION
TRANSFORMADOR DE ALTO VOLTAJE
S RÉSISTANCES: OHMS/WATTS
1 256
T3 R6
238
A A 115VAC SPARK GAP CONDENSATEURS: MFD/VOLTS T3 TRANSFORMATEUR HAUTE FRÉQUENCE
2 260
T2
B B 1 1 ÉCLATEUR TRANSFORMADOR ALTA FRECUENCIA

J12 3 235 CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS: NOMBRE DE CONTACTS CONNECTEURS

C C A 4 2 2 5
ABERTURA
NÚMEROS DE PINES DE CONECTORES:
255
B 1 3 3 DE CHISPA LEAD COLORING CODE:
C 2 J23 4 4 284 285 1 2 3 7 CODE DE COULEUR DES CÂBLES:
4
L3
J22 233A 0F CONNECTOR J5
10K A-B E E D 3 5 N.A. 5 J5 CÓDIGO DE COLORES DE CABLES:
F EXEMPLE: C'EST LE CONTACT 1 1 2 3 8
MINIMUM E 6 7 7
239
F F DU CONNECTEUR J5 B-BLACK R-RED W-WHITE
F 5 6 237 FRONT 8 14 BLANC
6 EJEMPLO: ESTE ES EL PIN 1 DEL J5 NOIR ROUGE
8 WORK CONECTOR J5 VIEW OF CONNECTOR ON PC BOARD BLANCO
8 ELECTRODE VUE DES CONNECTEURS SUR CI NEGRO ROJO
PIÈCE
C7
B-BLUE Y-YELLOW
REMOTE RECEPTACLE R5 ÉLECTRODE AVANT VISTA DEL CONECTOR EN LA
G-GREEN
236
AMPTROL TM
PRISE À DISTANCE ARC STARTER AS'BLY ELECTRODO FRONTAL TRABAJO ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537. TARJETA ELECTRONICA
VERT BLEU JAUNE
REAR VERDE AZUL AMARILLO
RECEPTÁCULO REMOTO ENSEMBLE DÉMARREUR D'ARC
ELECTRODE
SYMBOLES ÉLECTRIQUES SELON E1537 O-ORANGE
236B ENSAMBLE DE ARRANCADOR DE A
SÍMBOLOS ELÉCTRICOS CONFORME A E1537 NARANJA
ARCO ÉLECTRODE ARRIÈRE
ELECTRODO POSTERIOR G5694-1PRINT
R
CLEVELAND , OHIO
P
PRECISION TIG 375

SCHEMATIC - ENTIRE MACHINE - BELOW CODE 11000 (G4075)
TOROID TOROID
301 +5V
1J8 1J4
SCR1 GATE G1 216
302 DECIMAL PT. IN 2J8 5J4 SCR2 GATE G2 G4
303 G3
IN (+)
IN(-) 3J8 2J4
SCR3 GATE
G1 SCR4
306 1 1 301 304B 304 COM
4J8 4J4 SCR4 GATE G4
SCR1
2 2 G2
DECMAL PT.OUT
303 304A 5J8
- +
9J4 SCR1,SCR2 CATHODE 218
3 3 304B 306 IN (-)
6J8 MAIN
IN(+)
METER 6J4 SCR3 CATHODE 217 220
205mV BETWEEN 4 4 302 RECTIFIER
10J4 SCR4 CATHODE 216 220A
5 5 SCR3,SCR4 ANODE 220 D1
IN(+) & IN(-) IS 7J4
6 6 50HZ MACHINE ONLY
205A OR 20.5V 3J4 X FREE WHEELING DIODE SCR3 SCR2
(VIEWED FROM REAR) 8J4 X G3
TOROID 217 BYPASS ASSEMBLY
1J6 SHUNT (+)
W 221 218 C4
2J6 SHUNT (-) R 222 MAIN 50/60HZ MACHINE ONLY
TOROID
TOROID TRANSFORMER
R 222(-)
CW 311 W 221(+)
SHUNT
T1 H5 .0047/ 3KV
MAX
+10V
1J9 400A/200mV
R1 6J11 MICRO SWITCH ON POLARITY SWITCH
312 265 H4 HIGH POWER SWITCH
PRESET (0 - 10V) 2J9
OUTPUT 10K
12J11 MICRO SWITCH ON POLARITY SWITCH
266 C5
+1.5V 1J11 VOLT FEEDBACK, ELECTRODE 252 PT375 ONLY H3 MID L1
314 4J9
320
MIN OUTPUT (0 - 1.5V)
10J9 9J11 VOLT FEEDBACK, WORK
253 OUTPUT
223 X1 H2 LOW
L1 L2A
CW BALANCE (0 - 10V)
12J9 INDUCTOR
322
MIN STICK OCV BOOST CIRCUIT,
X13 RECONNECT BYPASS PCB
R4 316 +15V 6J9 PRESENT ONLY ON PRECISION TIG 375 PANEL
OUTPUT
SCHE. S24206-X
313A
317
REMOTE (+15V)
7J9 L1A
10K POSTFLOW (0 - 15V)
318 8J9 H1
X2 L2
313B 321 DISPLAY MIN A (+15V)
11J9
TOROID
315 DISPLAY VOLT (+15V)
5J9 224 DC+ +
311A CW DC
1J12
115VAC IN AC STICK 256 225 225A 228 AC AC MICRO SWITCH
R2 319 DC- DC-
STICK (+15V)
BALANCE COM
9J9
5J12 115VAC IN DC STICK
255 CR3 H1
N.O.
10K 313 3J9
CR2 CR3 OCV BOOST
RECTIFIER 212
CR2
215
313C AC
265 AC C1 C2 C3
257 258 DC- DC+ DC- DC
+ PRECISION TIG 375
REMOTE ONLY
223
317
CLOSED
227
IN DC
LOCAL 8/300 N.C.
318
316 DC AC
R14
CR2
316A CW BOOST CR3 BOOST 226
POWER FACTOR
266 POLARITY CAPACITORS
POST FLOW R3
(SHOWN IN REMOTE)
227A 250
231C SWITCH
316B
10K 252 SEE NOTE A

CR3 253 S2
313A 313 PT375: STANDARD, C1=C2=C3=60/460
231B
MIN A 321 PT275: OPTIONAL, C1=C2=50/460
C3 NOT PRESENT
A 316C TIG
VOLT 315 STICK 319

TOROID
DISPLAY SWITCH MODE SWITCH BYPASS/STABILIZER
331 B 6J10 3J11 BACKGND FILTER CAP., POS
271
PCB
(SHOWN IN STICK)
CONTROL PANEL
BACKGND RESISTOR
11J11 BACKGND FILTER CAP., NEG
331 W 1J10 271A R7 286
10J11 BACKGND AC OUT (63.5VAC) IN DC TIG (SCHEMATIC S22530)
332 B 7J10 BACKGND AC IN (63.5VAC) 20/100 D2
2J11 BACKGND DIODE
STICK GAS THERMAL 332 W
270
2J10
AUTO BALANCE REMOTE 268 267 X5
(RED) (GREEN) (GREEN) (GREEN) (YELLOW) 333
B 8J10 5/50 T1
63.5V
333 W 3J10 R8 267
1J7 DC TIG BACKGROUND 268 X6
334 B
BACKGND TRIAC
B W 9J10 220C 220A
B W B W B W B W 3J7 CIRCUIT CURRENT LIMITING RESISTOR
334 W 4J10 220B 269
2J7
PT375 ONLY
333 334 335 335 B 10J10 5J7 BACKGND RECTIFIER
331 332 4J7 HOLDING RESISTOR
335 W 5J10
6J7
LED LIGHTS TOROID
R1
50/100
NOTE A:
LEAD #250 FROM POWER FACTOR CAPACITORS
FREQUENCY ON TIME DOWN SLOPE HI-FREQ INTENSITY CONNECTS ACCORDING TO THE INPUT VOLTAGE
401C 401D HIGH VOLTAGE R13 FRONT WORK
TRANSFORMER 3/25 ELECTRODE 208/230/460
CW CW CW
TOROID 200/100 T2 238 PRESENT ONLY ON (STICK WELDING)
LEAD #250 CONNECTS TO "HIGH" TERMINAL ON
ADVANCED CONTROL 6J12
HI-FREQ (115VAC)
PRECISION TIG 375
RECONNECT PANEL, ALONG WITH CORRECT LEAD
236 L2
C6
R5
238A
402 407
405 PCB
240
R9
R12
R10
237
3J12 235 FROM MAIN TRANSFORMER (T1)
GAS (115VAC)
10K 10K 10K (SCHEMATIC G4039-X) 236B
S
115VAC IN
(OPTIONAL ON PT275) 4J12 233A
220/380/415
12.5 OHM TYP.
403 406 TOROID
C7 .0015/12KV
2J12 FAN (115VAC)
260 15/250 5.5 OHMS
J2 HIGH FREQ.
LEAD #250 CONNECTS TO THE H5 LEAD OF
14.5 KOHMS SPARK
402 FREQ. (.08 - 15V) 2J1 TYP.
TYP. GAP TRANSFORMER
THE MAIN TRANSFORMER (T1)
12.5 OHM TYP.
403 3J1 L3
BACK GROUND 405
ON TIME (1-15V)
5J1 F
230/460/575
(ADVANCED FEATURES
SELECTION)
DIP SWITCH
401B
408 406 6J1

401A T3 LEAD #250 CONNECTS TO THE "MID" TERMINAL
231E
B 407 DOWNSLOPE 7J1
231D
HI-FREQ CIRCUIT
ON 4-STEP CW
8J1
9J1 239 ON THE RECONNECT PANEL, ALONG WITH CORRECT
409
10J1 LEAD FROM THE MAIN TRANSFORMER (T1)
W
OFF 404 PULSE ON (15V)
4J1
2-STEP 460/575
R11
401
401 REAR
+15V
10K 1J1
411 11J1 GAS
LEAD #250 CONNECTS TO THE "LOW" TERMINAL
2-STEP (15V)
PULSE TRIGGER PULSE 410 12J1 SOLENOID ELECTRODE 233A
411
W PULSE LED
(GREEN) ON THE RECONNECT PANEL, ALONG WITH CORRECT
404
(SHOWN PULSE ON) (SHOWN IN 2-STEP) (115VAC)

(TIG WELDING)
235 SV1 231A LEAD FROM THE MAIN TRANSFORMER (T1)
231B
231A
HOT START TRIMMER CB1
233A 115 V 115V/15A
RECEPTACLE ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537
ADVANCED CONTROL PANEL (OPTIONAL ON PT275) 2J5A
ARC FORCE TRIMMER (TOP)
COOLER RELAY 233 232
3J5A
231E
X3 LEAD COLORING CODE: COMPONENT VALUE
J3 1 (12VDC)
4J5A 2 3 4 262 233B UNITS:
B-BLACK
5J5A PRECISION COOLER
MOVE THIS PLUG FROM TIG 375 ONLY 231F RECEPTACLE 115VAC G-GREEN
7J5A CR4 CAPACITORS:
REMOTE J5 TO J5A FOR ROBOTIC INTERFACE (BOTTOM) O-ORANGE
1J5A MFD/VOLTS
RECEPTACLE
6J5A
TOP FAN
FAN FAN
BOTTOM FAN
234 231
X4
T1 R-RED
(115VAC) (115VAC)
263 U-BLUE RESISTORS:
8J5A WHEN ADVANCED CONTROL
TOROID
U A 4J22 PCB IS NOT INSTALLED 260 W-WHITE OHMS/WATTS
262 260A C8 C9 105VAC Y-YELLOW
MAX
DISCONNECT FOR 5J11 COOLER, +12VDC IN TIG WELDING
PLUGGED TO
10K N B 1J22 2J23 A 2J5 DOUBLE PRE/POST FLOW .22/400V .22/400V
13J11 COOLER, COMMON COOLER RECEPTACLE CB2
263
WIPER X14
R C 2J22 3J23 B 3J5 PRECISION TIG 275 ONLY
220V 2A
CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS:
4J23 EXAMPLE: THIS PIN IN
MIN
C 4J5 14J11 TSTAT 214 212 RECEPTACLE 220V/5A
B D 3J22
5J23 D 5J5 CONNECTOR J11 IS "6J11"
1 2 3 8
TSTAT
4J11
W E 6J22 7J23 E 7J5 OPTIONAL
8J11 209
X7 213 215
SV2 WATER 50/60HZ MACHINES ONLY

1J23 F 1J5 20VAC
SOLENOID
F 5J22
9 16
CONTROL BOARD SUPPLY
6J5 16J11 210 X8 (115VAC) KIT
PROTECTION TOROID T1
TOROID
8J5 7J11 201 X9 PRIMARY TSTAT SECONDARY TSTAT LATCH
TM
OPTIONAL AMPTROL REMOTE
PCB 20VAC
TRIGGER CIRCUIT (OF MAIN TRANSFORMER T1) PRECISION TIG 375 VIEW OF CONNECTOR ON PC BOARD
X10
CONTROL PCB
(SCHEMATIC M16115) 15J11 204 ONLY
CONTROL AND ARC START SWITCH
AUX. WINDINGS OF
( SCHEMATIC G3908-X) MAIN TRANSFORMER T1
THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY LINCOLN GLOBAL, INC. AND MAY NOT BE DUPLICATED, COMMUNICATED
TO OTHER PARTIES OR USED FOR ANY PURPOSE WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN PERMISSION OF LINCOLN GLOBAL, INC.
"X" INFO PRECISION TIG

PROPRIETARY & CONFIDENTIAL:
Chg. Sheet No. REFERENCE:
EQUIPMENT TYPE:
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE
DESIGN INFORMATION
XB-UF
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056
3-8-2002A
MACHINE SCHEMATIC
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .02
DRAWN BY: TN
SUBJECT:
SOLID EDGE
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: TN SUPERSEDING:
SCALE: NONE DATE: 01-29-02 DRAWING No.:

WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS.
EN-170
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: G 4075
NOTE: This diagram is for reference only. It may not be accurate for all machines covered by this manual.
PRECISION TIG 375

SCHEMATIC - ENTIRE MACHINE - ABOVE CODE 11000 (G5691)
ENGINEERING CONTROLLED CHANGE DETAIL: RELEASED FROM X A.02

MANUFACTURER: No menu options( jumper IN)
TOROID TOROID
G5691
Push & hold no menu options ( jumper out) 1J13 1J4
SCR1 GATE G1 216
at power up = defaults
2J13 5J4 SCR2 GATE G2 G4
G3
left heat-sink
343 GND
right heat-sink
3J13 2J4
SCR3 GATE
G1 SCR4
S3 1 344 344 Data
4J13 SCR1
4J4 SCR4 GATE G4
G2
Clock
MENU 2 347 345 5J13 SCR drive
+
METER MAIN
-
J7 Menu Switch 9J4 SCR1,SCR2 CATHODE 218
SWITCH BOARD 3 345 346 6J13 ckts
Meter shows 347 +5
7J13 6J4 SCR3 CATHODE 217 220 RECTIFIER
4 343 &
316D preset & actual 8J13 10J4 SCR4 CATHODE 216 Free Wheeling diode
very top of welder
snubbers SCR3,SCR4 ANODE 220
7J4 50HZ MACHINE ONLY
Caliberation: see new control bd. instructions
3J4 D1
220B
X SCR3
346 J8 (6pin) 8J4 X G3 SCR2 50/60HZ MACHINE
TOROID ONLY
Menu Switch hold to get to TIG options not used 217 BYPASS ASSEMBLY
1J6 SHUNT (+)
W 221
lift TIG, upslope
Menu Switch hold to get to Stick options amp 218 MAIN C4
tig hot start levels, micro start
arc force levels 2J6 SHUNT (-) R 222 TRANSFORMER
PT375 = 86 vac
in reconnect area
pre flow/after flow time extended TOROID
hot start levels TOROID R 222(-) PT275 =75 vac
MAX CW
see IM for details and more SHUNT
T1 H5 .0047/ 3KV
center of base mounted on its side
311 +10V
1J9 W 221(+) 400A/200mV to X2
R1 6J11 MICRO SWITCH ON POLARITY SWITCH
265 HIGH POWER SWITCH
OUTPUT 312 2J9 H4
PRESET (0 - 10V)
12J11 MICRO SWITCH ON POLARITY SWITCH
266
upper left
10K C5
IC chip MID
218A
H3
220A
1J11 VOLT FEEDBACK, ELECTRODE 252 PT375 ONLY
217A
314 +1.5V
4J9 L1
216A
controller scaling 9J11 VOLT FEEDBACK, WORK
320
MIN OUTPUT (0 - 1.5V)
10J9 253 OUTPUT X1 H2 LOW
L1 223 L2A
CW BALANCE (0 - 10V)
12J9 INDUCTOR
322
MIN AC & DC STICK OCV BOOST CIRCUIT,
X13 RECONNECT BYPASS PCB
R4 316 +15V 6J9 PRESENT ONLY ON PRECISION TIG 375 PANEL
OUTPUT
SCHE. S24206-X
middle section
75vac
313A
317
REMOTE (+15V)
7J9 L1A
10K (375 only)
right front lower
POSTFLOW (0 - 15V)
318 8J9 H1
X2 L2
313B 321 DISPLAY MIN A (+15V)
11J9 TOROID
224
315 DISPLAY VOLT (+15V)
5J9
115VAC IN
DC+ +
311A CW AC STICK DC
1J12 256 225 225A 228 AC AC MICRO SWITCH
R2 319 DC- DC-
STICK (+15V)
BALANCE COM
9J9
5J12 255 CR3 H1
N.O.near power switch
10K 313 3J9 115VAC IN
223
DC STICK CR2 CR3 Sets weld tables
IC chip 212
CR2 & CR2 ,CR3 control
215
313C opto either is ref AC
controller triac OCV BOOST 265 AC C1 C2 C3
DC- DC+ DC- + PRECISION TIG 375
to 231A
257 258 RECTIFIER DC
REMOTE 317 ONLY
opto
CLOSED
227
triac IN DC
LOCAL N.C.
318
316 DC AC 8/300W
R14
CR2
BOOST CR3 POWER FACTOR
in reconnect area
316A CW BOOST 226
115VAC 266 POLARITY CAPACITORS
POST FLOW R3
(SHOWN IN REMOTE) 115VAC
227A 220B 250
231C SWITCH
220A
218A
316B
316D 10K 252 SEE NOTE A

CR3 253 S2
large cap and PT375: STANDARD, C1=C2=C3=60/460V
313A 313 231B 115V common
front
resistor filter
MIN A 321 BACKGROUND CIRCUIT 375 ONLY
PT275: OPTIONAL, C1=C2=50/460V
ENABLED IN BOTH TIG C3 NOT PRESENT
A & STICK, AC & DC current limiting resistors 275 ONLY
316C TIG R to main rectifier
275 = 5/50W 4 ea
VOLT 315 STICK 319 375 = 25/25W 4 ea
left front lower
TOROID
218B
230
R7C
R7D
R7A
R7B
upper section near lift bale
DISPLAY SWITCH MODE SWITCH 3J11

BACKGND FILTER CAP., POS
271 BYPASS/STABILIZER
331 B 6J10 11J11
BACKGND FILTER CAP., NEG
229A
PCB
(SHOWN IN STICK)
CONTROL PANEL stick
331 W 1J10
271A
10J11 375 ONLY (SCHEMATIC S22530)
bottom right in RF section
332 B
BACKGND AC OUT
7J10
5/50W
2J11
R8B
auto opto BACKGND AC IN BACKGND
STICK GAS THERMAL 332 W triac
270
2J10
AUTO BALANCE REMOTE
RESISTORS
X5
268
B 269
(RED) (GREEN) (GREEN) (GREEN) (YELLOW) 333
remote W
8J10 OCV clamp
63.5V T1
333 3J10 11 BACKGND
5/50W
5v X6
R8A
RECTIFIER
1J7
B W B W 334 B 9J10 ac
229
B W B W B W gas 3J7
334 W 4J10 opto
triac 2J7
PT375 use ONLY
333 334 335 335 B 10J10 5J7
331 332 thermo W opto 4J7 min current range: HOLDING RESISTOR
335 5J10 triac 375=2 to 65A
6J7
LED LIGHTS TOROID opto 275=2 to 55A R1
triac 50/100W
max current range:
375=340A HI-FREQ INTENSITY
(bottom right side)
FREQUENCY
base front
275=420A
ON TIME DOWN SLOPE
401C 401D
(bottom behind fan) HIGH VOLTAGE R13 FRONT WORK
PRESENT ONLY ON
TRANSFORMER
board mounted parts
(right side in box) 3/25W PRECISION TIG 375 ELECTRODE (right front)
CW CW CW
TOROID
T2 (STICK WELDING)
200/100W
238
ADVANCED CONTROL 6J12

HI-FREQ (115VAC)
236 L2
C6
R5
238A
402 407
405 PCB
240
R9
R12
R10
10K 3J12 GAS (115VAC) 235 237

10K 10K (SCHEMATIC G4760-X) 236B
NOTE A:
S LEAD #250 FROM POWER FACTOR CAPACITORS
115VAC IN
min min min (OPTIONAL ON PT275) 4J12 233A 12.5 OHM TYP.
403 TOROID
C7 .0015/12KV
406
J2 2J12 FAN (115VAC)
260
15/250V
5.5 OHMS
14.5 KOHMS SPARK
CONNECTS ACCORDING TO THE INPUT VOLTAGE
402 FREQ. (.08 - 15V) 2J1 TYP. HIGH FREQ.
208/230/460
TYP. 12.5 OHM TYP. GAP
SPOT SPOT 403 3J1 10 pin molex L3 .015" TRANSFORMER 115V common
F
401B
B BACK GROUND 405

ON TIME (1-15V)
5J1
LEAD #250 CONNECTS TO "HIGH" TERMINAL ON
(ADVANCED FEATURES
SELECTION)
DIP SWITCH
406 6J1
W 408
T3 RECONNECT PANEL, ALONG WITH CORRECT LEAD
(RED)
401A
231E
B 407 DOWNSLOPE 7J1
FROM MAIN TRANSFORMER (T1)
231D
8J1 5KV
OFF 4-STEP CW 9J1
HI-FREQ CIRCUIT
239
10J1 a. re-start enable 220/380/415
Dip Switches select:
115V common
W 409 404 PULSE ON (15V)
4J1 b.ramp down to zero (right side)
2-STEP
R11
401
10K 401 +15V

1J1 c. see IM for details
REAR LEAD #250 CONNECTS TO THE H5 LEAD OF
PULSE 411 2-STEP (15V)
11J1 and more. GAS THE MAIN TRANSFORMER (T1)
TRIGGER PULSE 410 12J1 d.most old options SOLENOID ELECTRODE 233A
411
W PULSE LED
404
413
(SHOWN IN 2-STEP) flashes with on menu feature now. (115VAC)

(TIG WELDING)
230/460/575
inside side box right
+5 LED +15 LED

(GREEN)
pulse frequency SV1 231A
115V common
235
413 1J20 LEAD #250 CONNECTS TO THE "MID" TERMINAL
231B
231A
CB1
W 2J20 233A 115 V
RECEPTACLE
115V/15A ON THE RECONNECT PANEL, ALONG WITH CORRECT
ADVANCED CONTROL PANEL (OPTIONAL ON PT275)
HOT START TRIMMER
not used: see
Fans "ON" @ (TOP of plug) LEAD FROM THE MAIN TRANSFORMER (T1)
2J5A 15A in stick mode "ON" with input power sw. 232
menu options COOLER RELAY 233 460/575
outside of right side box
ARC FORCE TRIMMER 2A in tig mode
3J5A
231E
X3
J3 1
"ON" 8 minutes after (12VDC)
4J5A 2 3 4 weld stops
262 233B LEAD #250 CONNECTS TO THE "LOW" TERMINAL
5J5A PRECISION COOLER
MOVE THIS PLUG FROM
10 pin molex
TIG 375 ONLY 231F RECEPTACLE 115VAC ON THE RECONNECT PANEL, ALONG WITH CORRECT
7J5A
REMOTE J5 TO J5A FOR ROBOTIC INTERFACE 1J5A
CR4 (BOTTOM of plug) LEAD FROM THE MAIN TRANSFORMER (T1)
RECEPTACLE 6J5A (115VAC) FAN FAN (115VAC) 234
"ON" with output
231
X4
T1
TOP FAN BOTTOM FAN
8J5A WHEN ADVANCED CONTROL

TOROID
c.c. w c.w. 263
U A 4J22 PCB IS NOT INSTALLED 260
intake exhaust
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537
262 260A C8 C9
DISCONNECT FOR 5J11 COOLER, +12VDC IN TIG WELDING
105VAC
(top rear) .22/400V
MAX PLUGGED TO
N 2J23 A 2J5 .22/400V
10K B 1J22 LEAD COLOR CODE: COMPONENT VALUE UNITS:
DOUBLE PRE/POST FLOW
13J11 COOLER, COMMON COOLER RECEPTACLE CB2
263
3J23
WIPER
B 3J5 X14 B-BLACK OR GRAY
R C 2J22 To & From com PRECISION TIG 275 ONLY CAPACITOR: MFD/VOLTS
220V 2A
4J23 MIN
C 4J5 IC chip driver
212 RECEPTACLE 220V/5A G-GREEN RESISTOR: OHMS/WATTS
14J11 TSTAT 214
B D 3J22 +8 O-ORANGE
5J23 D 5J5 TSTAT Make sure that the rear EXTERNAL
R-RED OR PINK
com +12 4J11 baffle is inplace and not damaged. CONNECTOR PIN NUMBERS:
U-BLUE
opto
W E 6J22 7J23 E 7J5 OPTIONAL
8J11 209 X7 213 215 SV2 WATER W-WHITE EX. 12 PIN CONNECTOR
1J23 F 1J5 20VAC 50/60HZ MACHINES ONLY
F 5J22 CONTROL BOARD SUPPLY SOLENOID Y-YELLOW 1 2
6J5 16J11 210 X8 N.C. N.C.
(115VAC) KIT 6
T1
lead
PROTECTION LABELS:
wounded into
TOROID TOROID X9 PRIMARY TSTAT SECONDARY TSTAT

to thermo
7J11 201
primary mounted
8J5 COMMON
TM PCB led & CPU 20VAC
TRIGGER CIRCUIT (OF MAIN TRANSFORMER T1) PRECISION TIG 375
OPTIONAL AMPTROL REMOTE X10 7 12
CONTROL PCB
(SCHEMATIC M16115) 15J11 204 turns off SCR's ONLY
CONTROL AND ARC START SWITCH FRAME GROUND LATCH
TOP FAN
K870 foot pedal jumper AUX. WINDINGS OF
to enable Pot (R1) max output EARTH GROUND VIEW OF CONNECTOR ON PC BOARD
( SCHEMATIC G4762-X) MAIN TRANSFORMER T1
limiter fearure. Jumper not used
PRECISION TIG
in Robotic molex position J5A
SCALE:
THE INFORMATION ON THIS
DESIGN INFORMATION
NONE
EQUIPMENT TYPE: PAGE ___ 1
1 OF ___
MACHINE SCHEMATIC
PRINT IS FOR REFERENCE DRAWN BY: bburkhart
SUBJECT:
DOCUMENT DOCUMENT
SOLID EDGE
IF PRINTED
ONLY. COMPONENTS AND @ A1 SIZE NUMBER: REVISION:
CIRCUITRY MAY BE DIFFERENT ENGINEER: burkhart
EN-170
UNITS: REFERENCE:
FROM AN ACTUAL MACHINE. APPROVED: - NONE
MATERIAL
DISPOSITION: NA APPROVAL
DATE: 7-27-2007
PROJECT
NUMBER: CRM38261 G4075
G5691 A
PRECISION TIG 375

SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD - BELOW CODE 11000 (G3908 PAGE 1)
PRECISION TIG 375

PRECISION TIG 375

PRECISION TIG 375

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-CONTROL (G3909-2)
E N G IN E E R IN G C O N T R O L L E D C H A NGE DETAIL: ADDED C178 AND REVISED DZ14 PART NUMBER ITE M RE Q 'D P A RT NO . DE S C RIP TIO N
M A N U F A C T U R E R : No REVISED MANUFACTURE AS, IDENTIFICATION CODE AND SCHEMATIC REFERENCE PART NUMBERS
G3909-2
R E F E R TO E LE C TR O NIC CO M P O NE NT DA TA B A S E F O R S P E C IF IC A TIO NS O N ITE M S LIS TE D B E LO W R20, R40, R41, R44,
ADDED SOLDER AND SEALANT NOTE FOR C178 TO ASSEMBLY R55, R60, R75, R76,
R80, R90, R107, R136,
C 1, C7, C 178 3 S 16668-8 CA P A C ITO R,CE M O ,330pF ,100V ,5%
REFERENCES QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
R176, R210, R213,
C2, C3, C 5, C17, C21, R214, R241, R275,
C25, C 28, C33, C36, 33 S 19400-4751 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,4.75K ,1%
R282, R283, R287,
C41, C 46, C 48, C 50,
C54, C 55, C57, C61,
R288, R291, R319,
C69, C 70, C71, C76, R323, R324, R325,
C77, C 78, C 85, C 86, R329, R330, R331,
C89, C 90, C 94, C 103, 46 S 16668-11 CA P A CITO R ,C E M O ,0.1, 50V ,10% R355, R359, R361
C105, C106, C109, R23, R62, R63, R78,
C111, C 122, C 123, R92, R103, R104,
C124, C 125, C 126, R105, R129, R140,
C129, C 130, C 139,
R161, R179, R202,
C148, C 149, C 157,
R206, R207, R208,
C158, C165 30 S 19400-1001 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,1.00K ,1%
C4, C 8, C9, C 11, C 12, R239, R243, R257,
C26, C 27, C 29, C 32, R263, R267, R273,
C42, C 43, C 44, C 47, R274, R279, R305,
22 S 16668-6 CA P A CITO R,C E M O ,4700pF ,50V ,10%
C56, C 65, C66, C67, R312, R314, R315,
C68, C 83, C87, C92, R320, R364
C101 R27, R43 2 S 19400-2213 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,221K ,1%
C6, C16, C20, C35,
R28 1 S 19400-3921 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,3.92K ,1%
C59, C 63, C100, C118, 10 S 13490-42 C A P A CITO R,TA E L,1.0,35V ,10%
C143, C 155 R30, R35, R36, R66 4 S 19400-1372 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,13.7K ,1%
C10, C 24, C 58 3 S 16668-3 CA P A C ITO R,C E M O ,100pF , 100V ,5% R37, R335, R342,
6 S 19400-2000 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,200,1%
C13, C 18, C19, C30, R344, R345, R347
C31, C 34, C37, C38, R39, R79 2 S 19400-3011 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,3.01K ,1%
C40, C 45, C62, C64, R42, R128, R164,
C72, C 73, C74, C75, R169, R215, R216,
C79, C 80, C 88, C 91, 10 S 19400-4752 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,47.5K ,1%
R245, R260, R261,
C104, C107, C112, 37 S 16668-5 C A P A CITO R,C E M O ,.022,50V ,20%
R339
C128, C134, C142,
R45, R85, R86, R108,
C144, C 145, C 146, 5 S 19400-2002 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,20.0K ,1%
C147, C 150, C 151, R171
1
C152, C 153, C 154, R57, R69 2 S 19400-2210 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,221,1%
C156, C 159
3
R59, R173, R252, R259 4 S 19400-3321 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,3.32K ,1%
SOLDER CAPACITOR (C178) TO R108 AS SHOWN.
C14, C 127 2 S 13490-25 C A P A CITO R,TA E L,4.7,35V 10%
N.B. C15, C 141, C 164 3 S 13490-181 C A P A CITO R ,A LE L,22,63V ,20% R64, R65, R73, R74,
1.20 N.D. COVER WITH E2861 SEALANT. C22, C 51 2 T11577-54 CA P A C ITO R ,CD ,750P F ,1000V ,10%
R93, R94, R114, R131,
N.F. N.D.
C23, C 39, C 52 3 S 13490-183 C A P A CITO R ,A LE L,120M F ,50V ,20%
N.D. 16.80 C 49, C 60 2 S 16668-7 C A P A CITO R ,C E M O ,820pF ,50V ,5%
R135, R170, R205, 15 S 19400-1003 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,100K ,1%
10.68 C 53 1 S 13490-92 CA P A CITO R,A LE L,3300, 50V ,+30/-10% R258, R270, R292,
C81, C 82, C98, C99, R295
C117, C 131, C 133, R71, R83, R87, R118,
R168, R248, R249, 10 S 19400-1004 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,1.00M ,1%
C135, C 136, C 137, 15 T11577-58K C A P A C ITO R,C D ,.0047,3000V ,20%

6.00
C140, C 160, C 161, R256, R277, R280

5.80
C162, C 163
R8 DZ1 C3 C84 1 S 13490-40 CA P A CITO R ,TA E L,2.7,50V ,10% R72, R101, R102, R276 4 S 19400-26R7 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,26.7,1%
R10
R9 D1 R27 C5 C93, C 108 2 S 16668-1 C A P A C ITO R,CE M O ,22pF , 100V ,5%
R77, R110, R111 3 S 19400-2001 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,2.00K ,1%
R12 C4 D2 C6
C1 R13
Q1
Q2
C2 R24
C95, C 96, C97 3 T11577-46K C A P A C ITO R,C D,.05,600V ,+80/-20%
Q3
Q4
Q5
DZ3 R33 DZ2 4
R81, R313 2 S 19400-9091 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,9.09K ,1%
R16 R28 D10 R2 D12 D13
R23 C23
C102, C138 2 S 16668-9 CA P A CITO R,CE M O ,150pF , 100V ,5%
XXX
Q7 R29 Q9 X3 R40
D5
C7 R17
R 26
C 12
R 46
R82, R316, R357 3 S 19400-3012 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,30.1K ,1%
X5
DZ2
C10 R11 C18 C22
R 37
R 38
D 14
R1
X6
R30 C21 R43
D3 C13 R41
C 110 1 S 16668-4 C A P A CITO R ,C E M O , 2700pF , 50V ,5%
Q6
XXX
R14 R18 R34
R 39
C 17
R20 D6 R31 C19
C 16
R100, R271, R334,
C20 R44
D 15
C113, C 114, C 115,
C8 C9 C11 Q8 R35
6 S 19400-5110 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,511,1%
R21 D4 R73
R32 D11
4 S 13490-81 C A P A C ITO R ,P E F ,0.1M F ,400V ,10%,R A D IA L
C1 5
R42 R45
R337, R340, R341
R15 R19 R25 D7 R36 C14
R22 D18 Q 14 R66 R77
C116
X2
R74 R79 R83
X4
R47 R51 R68 D22
X1
R55 R62 R63 R78 D26

R58 C34 D27 C119, C 120 2 S 16668-2 CA P A C ITO R,C E M O ,47pF , 100V ,5% R112 1 S 19400-9092 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,90.9K ,1%
C 37
X7
C26 R60 D19 DZ4 R 107 R84
D 25
X9
R48 Q 10 Q 11 R52 C24 R69 DZ2 5
R59 DZ2 2
C35 R80 R85 C40 C 121 1 S 13490-19 CA P A CITO R ,TA E L,1.8,20V ,10% R113 1 S 19400-2211 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,2.21K ,1%
C 39
R49 R53 Q 12 C31 R67 R70 R72 C38
X
R56 C27 R61 R75
X8
D23 R81 R86
R64 C32 R71 C132 1 S 13490-186 C A P A CITO R ,A LE L,1800,160V ,20%
C53 R121, R124, R244,
R50 R54 C28 C29 D20 D21 R76
Q 15 Q 13 R82 R87
4 S 19400-7681 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,7.68K ,1%
G3909-2
D1, D4, D 7, D16, D17,
C25 R65 Q 16 D24
X
C52
R318
D16 D17 C44 C30 C48 D31 C36 R 105 R 108 R88
R 101
D18, D 20, D21, D23,
C47 D34
C41 R91 R93 R99 R 106
X 10
16 T12705-34 DIO DE ,A XLDS ,1A ,400V ,F R ,1N4936
Q 17 C 178
R137, R138, R181,
R57 R 102
D 35
P R E C ISION TIG C O N T R O L
D28 R95 C51
D28, D 34, D36, D37,
N.D.
R97
6 S 19400-1211 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,1.21K ,1%
R 355 C43 C45 R94 R 100 C49 C50
C 33
R96
R217, R262, R304
R98 R 359
R90 D29
D30
R 103 Q 18 Q 21
DZ5 R 109 R 110 D38, D 39, D90
R139, R180, R218,
R 120 C63
T1 T2 C46 R 104 R 111
D2, D3, D 5, D6, D 10,
4 S 19400-2670 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,267,1%
C 95
R 132
X 11
C164
X X
R 116 R 129 C58 R 130 C64
X
R264
X
R 13 7
R 121 C55 R 126 R 127
D11, D 12, D13, D14,
D 50
R 112 R 131 R 133 D46 D48
C 42
R 89
R92
R 13 8
R 113 R 117 O C I1
D15, D 19, D22, D25, R162, R333, R338 3 S 19400-3320 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,332,1%
X X
R 122 R3 C60 C62 R 135 R 139
X X
D41 C56 D42 Q 20
D26, D 27, D29, D30,
R165 1 S 19400-3323 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,332K ,1%
R 114 D40 R 123 R 134 D47 D49
O C I2
R 125 C59
X 12
X X
Q 19
T R I2
D36 D37 D38 D39 R 119 C61 R 361 R 136
C 57
C54 R 124
D31, D 35, D40, D41,
X X
R166 1 S 19400-5621 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,5.62K ,1%
R 118 R 167 R 175 R 140
R 128
X 13
XX
R 115 DZ6 R 163 C77
D42, D 51, D54, D55,
T R I1
R 159 C76 C80
R167, R174, R284,
X X X
R 168 C74 D54 DZ2 1
46 T12199-1 DIO D E ,A XLDS ,1A ,400V
X X X
R 157 R 164
X X
R 161
N.C.
D51 D58, D 59, D60, D61,
R 18 1
R 17 9
R 18 0
R285, R301, R326, 7 S 19400-1501 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,1.50K ,1%
C72 R 169
C 79
R 162 R 205 R 176 C78
O C I3
C69
D64, D 65, D66, D67,
R 17 1
R 17 2
X X X
R 160 D58 C81
R 14 1
R 14 2
R 14 3
R 14 4
R 14 5
R 14 6
R 14 7
R 14 8
R 14 9
R 15 0
R 15 1
R 15 2
R 15 3
R 15 4
R 15 5
R 15 6
X X X
R 203 R 173 C82
C 65
C 66
C 67
C 68
X X
C70 C73 R 170 R 211
X 14
R327
X1 5
R 158 C71
D72, D 73, D79, D80,
R 177
XXXX
R 165 C75 R 174 C92 D59 R 215
C83 D61 D64 R 358
X X X
R178 1 T14648-24 RE S IS TO R,W W ,5W ,0.5,5%,S Q
C97
X X X
D81, D 82, D83, D84,
D62 R 166 R 208 R 216
X X
R 17 8
D55 R 212
Q 22
D60 R 204 D89 C 165 C91 R 260 C99
X 17
D85, D 86, D87, D88, R182, R183, R184,
C84 R 202 D63 R 213
N.C.
O C I4
X X
C98
X 16
R 21 7
X
R 209 C93 R 261
X X
D88 C96
X X
C85 C87 C89 C90
D89 R185, R186, R187,
R 20 6
R 20 7
R 210 R 214
R 18 2
R 18 3
R 18 4
R 18 5
R 18 6
R 18 7
R 18 8
R 18 9
R 19 0
R 19 1
R 19 2
R 19 3
R 19 4
R 19 5
R 19 6
R 19 7
R 19 8
R 19 9
R 20 0
R 20 1
J2
J3
Q 23
X X
R 218
D24, D 62, D63 3 T12705-23 D IO D E ,S C HO TTK Y ,A XLDS ,1A ,30V ,1N 5818
X
R188, R189, R190,
XXX XXX X
R4 C86 C88 R 357 C 105 D65 C94
R 257 D46, D 47, D48, D49,
R191, R192, R193,
C 10 1
R 24 1
R 24 2
R 35 4
R 36 4
R 24 3
R 25 6
O C I5
T R I3
5 T12705-14 D IO D E ,A XLDS ,3A ,200V ,1N 5402
R 246 X18
Y1
Q 24
C 103 C 104 DZ9 C 106 R 252 R 263

R 258
D50
D 69
D 70
Q 26
X
Q 25 R 247 C 109
R194, R195, R196,
C 112
D 68
D 71
R 23 9
X
DZ8
X
R 24 0
R 35 6
R 26 2
DZ7
R 248 DZ1 0 R 251 R 259

C 10 0
C 108
D68, D 69, D 70, D 71 4 T12199-2 D IO D E ,A XLDS ,1A ,1000V
D 66
R 244 R 254 C 110

R197, R198, R199,
C 111
R 21 9
R 22 0
R 22 1
R 22 2
R 22 3
R 22 4
R 22 5
R 22 6
R 22 7
R 22 8
R 22 9
R 23 0
R 23 1
R 23 2
R 23 3
R 23 4
R 23 5
R 23 6
R 23 7
R 23 8
R 245 D67 Q 27
X
C 102 R 249 C 123 C 107 R 255 R 291 DZ1, D Z3, DZ9, D Z14 4 T12702-29 ZE NE R DIO DE ,1W ,15V ,5%,1N 4744A
R 30 3
X
R 264
X X X
R200, R201, R219,
R 270
C 13 1
O C I6 R 269 R 275 C 120 C 125 R 253 R 292 C 127 C 133
DZ2, D Z5, D Z20 3 T12702-53 ZE NE R DIO DE ,1W ,3.3V ,5%,1N4728A
C132
40 S 19400-68R1 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,68.1,1%
XXX
R5
R 271
O C I8
X
T R I4
R6 R 276 C 126
R220, R221, R222,
X
R 305
R 26 7
XXXXXXXXX X
DZ4, D Z11, DZ12, D Z13 4 T12702-27 ZE NE R DIO DE ,1W ,10V ,5%,1N4740A
X
R 272 R 277 R 293
D 90
D Z 12
R 265 R 266 C 134
R223, R224, R225,
R 273 R 278 R 336
D Z 23
DZ6, D Z10 2 T12702-19 ZE NE R DIO DE ,1W ,12V ,5%,1N4742A
R 30 4
N.C., N.D.
C 14 5
R 31 9
C 12 2
C 14 7
R 28 1
R 28 2
R 28 3
C 12 4
X
C 11 7
XXX
C 151
C 12 8
R 29 4
R 29 5
R 29 6
C 12 9
C 13 0
R 29 7
R 29 8
R 29 9
R 30 0
R 30 1
R 30 2
C 119 R 274 R 279
D Z 11
D Z 13
R226, R227, R228,
O C I7 C 135
D 72
DZ7, D Z8 2 T12702-23 ZE NE R DIO DE ,5W ,15V ,5%,1N5352B

R 26 8
R 28 4
R 28 5
R 28 6
R 28 7
R 28 8
R 28 9
R 25 0
R 29 0
TP8
TP4
X X X
D 73
X
C 11 3
C 11 4
C 11 5
C 11 6
R 311 R 312 R 315 DZ1 7

R229, R230, R231,
TP1
TP2
TP3
DZ15, DZ16, DZ17,

C 13 8
R 30 7
R 30 8
R 35 0
C 144 R 316
C 12 1
R 28 0
XXXX XXXX
D81
X X
DZ18, DZ19, DZ21, 7 T12702-52 ZE N E R D IO D E ,1W ,5.1V ,5%,1N4733A
TP9 T P 11
X 19 XXXX
C 13 9
R232, R233, R234,

R 313 R 317
R 36 2
R 34 8
R 34 9
R 36 3
X
C 14 0
D82 TP7
DZ22
C 156 R 318
D 86
R235, R236, R237,
C 13 6
C 13 7
R 306
Q 28
C 15 5
R 321 TP10 T P 12
C 11 8
R 351
DZ23, D Z24, D Z25 3 T12702-45 ZE N E R D IO D E ,1W ,18V ,5%,1N4746A
D Z 14
D Z 15
D Z 16
D Z 18
D Z 20
R 33 8
R 33 9
R 34 0
R 34 1
R 34 2
R 34 3
R 34 4
R 34 5
R 34 6
R 34 7
C 14 1
TP5 TP6 C 143
D 80
R 30 9
R 31 0
C 14 2
R 32 0
R 32 2
R 32 5
C 14 6
R 32 3
R 32 4
C 14 8
R 32 6
R 32 7
R 32 8
R 32 9
R 33 0
R 33 1
R 33 2
R 33 4
R 33 3
R 33 7
C 15 2
C 15 3
C 15 4
R238
D 84
D 85
D Z 19
XX XX XX XX X X XX XX XX XX XX XXX
R 335
X X
D 79
N.D. XX XX XX X X
R 314 C 157 D83 D87 C 163
J2, J3 2 S 21134-10 CO NN E C TO R,M O LE X,M INI,B LIND ,F ,10-P IN
C 14 9
C 150
J4, J10 2 S 24020-10 CO NN E C TO R,M O LE X,M INI,P C B ,10-P IN ,TIN R265, R266, R306,
4 S 18380-1 THE RM IS TO R ,P TC,56 O HM S ,90M A
C 158
R7 R 352
L1
L2
R351
N.F.
R 353 J5, J5A 2 S 24020-8 C O NN E C TO R,M O LE X,M INI,P C B ,8-P IN,TIN
J6 1 S 24020-2G CO N NE C TO R,M O LE X,M INI,P C B ,2-P IN,G O LD R268, R309, R343,
XXXXXX XXXXX XX XX X X XXX X XXX

4 S 19400-2490 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,249,1%
XX X X X
C 159
X X XXX X XX
J4 J5 J5 A J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12
XXX X XX
C 16 0
C 16 1
C 16 2
J7, J8, J12 3 S 24020-6 CO N NE C TO R ,M O LE X,M IN I,P C B ,6-P IN ,TIN R346
J9 1 S 24020-12 C O NN E C TO R,M O LE X,M INI,P C B ,12-P IN,TIN R269, R307 2 S 19400-2673 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,267K ,1%
.20 J11 1 S 24020-16 C O NNE C TO R ,M O LE X,M IN I,P CB ,16-P IN,TIN R272 1 S 19400-3922 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,39.2K ,1%
0 L1, L2 2 T12218-9 C HO K E ,R F ,390UH ,5%, 225M A ,C O N F O RM A L
R286, R328 2 S 19400-2802 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,28.0K ,1%
N.C., N.D.
O CI1, O CI2, O CI5, O C I8 4 S 15000-16 O P TO C O U P LE R,TR IA C ,D RIV E R ,ZV C,3083 R303 1 S 18380-3 THE RM IS TO R ,P TC,.08-0.19 O HM S ,1.85A
N.F. R310 1 S 19400-6810 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,681,1%
N.C., N.D. N.C., N.D.
O CI3, O CI4 2 S 15000-31 O P TO C O U P LE R ,TR IA C ,D RV ,R A ND O M ,800V
N.D. N.D. N.F. R322 1 S 19400-3570 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,357,1%
17.80
O CI6, O C I7 2 S 15000-10 O P TO C O U P LE R ,P HO TO -Q ,70V ,C NY 17-3
.20 N.D.
N.C.
Q 1, Q 4, Q 18 3 T12704-69 TRA N S IS TO R ,P NP ,TO 226,0.5A , 40V ,2N 4403 R348, R349, R362,
0 6.00 N.E. 12.00 18.00 Q 2, Q 3, Q 5, Q 6, Q 7, R363
4 S 19400-20R0 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,20.0,1%
Q 8, Q 9, Q 12, Q 13, T1, T2 2 T12737-2 TRA NS F O RM E R,P U LS E ,3-W INDING ,1:1:1
Q 14, Q 15, Q 16, Q 17, TP 1, TP 3, TP 5, TP 6 4 T13640-25 M O V ,130V RM S ,90J,20M M
22 T12704-68 TRA N S IS TO R ,N P N ,TO 226,0.5A ,40V ,2N4401
Q 19, Q 20, Q 21, Q 22, 1 T13640-16
TP 2 M O V ,150V RM S ,80J,20M M
Q 23, Q 24, Q 26, Q 27,
TP 4, TP 7, TP 9, TP 10,
Q 28 6 T13640-18 M O V ,320V RM S ,150J,20M M
TP 11, TP 12
N.A. Q 10, Q 11 2 T12704-54 TR A NS IS TO R,NM F ,TO 220,15A ,60V ,(S S )
TP 8 1 T13640-14 M O V ,150V RM S ,13J,7M M
N.A. Q 25 1 T12704-73 TRA NS IS TO R ,NM F ,4-P IN DIP ,1A ,100V ,IRF D 110(S S )
TRI1, TRI2 2 S 18395-27 TRIA C,T220,8A ,800V W ITH S 18104-3HS
R1, R3, R5 3 S 16296-3 TRIM M E R ,M T,1/2W ,500, 10%,LINE A R
ITEM
2 S 15161-27
PART NO.
TRI3, TRI4 TRIA C,T220,8A ,800V
REQD DESCRIPTION R2
R4, R7
1
2
T10812-41
T10812-73
TRIM M E R ,S T,1/2W ,10K , 10%,LINE A R
TRIM M E R ,S T,1/2W ,2K , 10%,LIN E A R N.A. X1 1 S 15018-15 IC,CM O S ,G A TE ,NA ND,2-INP UT,Q UA D,S CHM (S S )
1 1 SEE BLANK INFO. P.C. BOARD BLANK REF. R6 1 S 16296-5 TR IM M E R,M T,1/2W ,10K , 10%,LINE A R N.A. X2, X11 2 S 15018-4 IC,CM O S ,INV E RTE R,S CHM ITT, HE X,4584(S S )
X3 1 S 15128-10 V O LTA G E RE F ,A DJ, P RE CIS IO N,431I
2 5 OZ. E2861 SEALANT
R8, R 16, R120, R 122,
N.A.
7 S 19400-1000 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,100,1%
R172, R 317, R 356 X4, X10, X14 3 S 15018-6 IC,CM O S ,S W ITCH,A NA LO G ,Q UA D, 4066(S S )
3 2 S19300-7 PCB SUPPORT R9, R91, R 116, R117,
5 S 19400-3322 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,33.2K ,1%
X5 1 S 18395-8 RE G ULA TO R,HE A T-S INK A S B LY ,S 15128-6,S 18104-3
R350 X6, X9 2 S 18395-3 RE G ULA TO R,HE A T-S INK A S B LY ,S 15128-5,S 18104-3
R10, R 98, R177, R278,
5 S 19400-4750 RE S IS TO R,M F ,1/4W ,475,1% X7, X12, X13, X16 4 S 15128-4 O P -A M P ,Q UA D, G E N-P URP O S E ,224N
R336 X8 1 S 15128-18 O P -A M P ,Q UA D, HIG H-P E RF ,33074
R11, R 17, R 21, R 22, N.A. X15 1 S 25431-2 RO M A S S E M B LY (S S )
R24, R 29, R 31, R 32, X17 1 M 15102-4 IC,A RRA Y ,DR IV E R,P E RIP HE RA L,NP N,DA RL
NOTES: R33, R 34, R38, R46,
N.A.
N.A. CAUTION: THIS DEVICE IS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY STATIC ELECTRICITY. SEE E2454
X18 1 M 15102-3 IC,CM O S ,UNDE RV O LT-S E N S ING ,RE S E T,M CU(S S )
R56, R 61, R68, R70, 1 S 15128-16
X19 IC,O P -A M P ,Q UA D,HIG H-P E RF ,1014
BEFORE HANDLING.
R84, R 96, R97, R99,
Y1 1 S 16665-2 CRY S TA L,Q UA RTZ,4.0000M HZ,HC -18/U
R106, R 109, R 115,
N.B. KEEP THIS AREA FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL ( .50 MIN.) BOTH SIDES OF R119, R 123, R 126,
BOARD.
R127, R 130, R 132,
R133, R 157, R 159,
N.C. SQUEEZE COMPONENTS TOGETHER BEFORE APPLYING ITEM 2 AND / OR R160, R163, R175, 62 S 19400-1002 R E S IS TO R ,M F ,1/4W ,10.0K ,1%
ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL. R203, R 204, R 209, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
N.D. APPLY ITEM 2 ON COMPONENT SIDE ONLY, AS SHOWN.
R212, R 240, R 246, CAPACITANCE = MFD/VOLTS
N.E. APPLY ITEM 2 ON BOTH SIDES OF BOARD AS SHOWN, EXCEPT TOP SURFACE OF
R247, R 250, R 253,
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
RESISTANCE = OHMS
R254, R 255, R 289,
TRIMMER. R290, R 293, R 294,
N.F. KEEP TOP SURFACE OF TRIMMER FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL INCLUDING RTV. R296, R 297, R 298,
R299, R 300, R 302,
R321, R 332, R 352,
P.C. BOARD BLANK REFERENCE INFORMATION
BUY BLANK COMPLETE AS G3909-H (4 LAYER BOARD PER E3281)
R353, R 354, R 358
ENCAPSULATE WITH E1844

R 12, R 25, R 26, R 58,
MAKE PER E1911-ROHS

(MAKES 2 BOARDS PER PANEL, SEE ELECTRONIC FILE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION)
R 67, R 89, R 95, R 125,
14 S 19400-2212 RE S IS TO R ,M F ,1/4W ,22.1K ,1%
R 134, R 158, R 211,
TEST PER E3937-C

R 242, R 251, R 281
R 13, R 88 2 T14648-4 RE S IS TO R ,W W ,5W ,40,5%,S Q
R 14, R 18, R 141, R 142,
SCHEMATIC REFERENCE G3908-2H1 R 143, R 144, R 145,

R 146, R 147, R 148,
18 S 19400-47R 5 RE S IS TO R ,M F ,1/4W ,47.5,1%
R 149, R 150, R 151,
R 152, R 153, R 154,

R 155, R 156
R 15, R 19, R 47, R 48,
R 49, R 50, R 51, R 52, 12 S 19400-10R 0 RE S IS TO R ,M F ,1/4W ,10.0,1%
FOR PARTS ORDERS:

R 53, R 54, R 308, R 311
INCLUDE (1) S25597PRINT PARTS ORDERS

INSTRUCTION SHEET.
ALL COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS USED IN THIS
MANUFACTURED AS:
ASSEMBLY ARE TO BE RoHS COMPLIANT PER E4253.
THIS DOCUMEN T CON TAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION O WNED BY LINCOLN G LOBAL, INC. AND MA Y NOT BE DUPLICATED, COM MUNICATED
G 3 9 0 9 - 2 H 1 TO O THER PARTIES OR USED FOR AN Y PURPOSE WITHOU T THE EXPRESS WRIT TEN PERMISSION OF LINCOLN GL OBAL, INC.
PRECISION TIG
EQUIPM ENT TYPE: 1
1 O F ___
U N LE S S O TH E R W IS E S P E C IF IE D TO LE R A N C E
DESIG N INF OR MATIO N REFERENCE:
PART NUMBER IDENTIFICATION CODE
M ANUF ACTURING TO LERANC E P ER E 2056
P A G E ___
CONTROL P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
G3909-1
ON 2 PLA CE DE CIMA LS IS ± .02
SUBJECT:
O N 3 PLACE DEC IM ALS IS ± .002 DRAWN BY: FEI DOCUMENT DOCUMENT
ON AL L A NGLES IS ± .5 OF A DE GREE REVISION:
MATER IAL T O LE RA NCE (" t") T O AG REE ENGI NEER: SCA LE: NUMBER:
MATERIAL APPROVAL PROJECT
CRM36844
W ITH PUB LIS HE D STAN DA RDS.
DO NOT SCAL E THI S DR AWING APPR O V E D : - 1:1 DISPOSITION:
UF DATE: 3/29/2007 NUMBER:
G3909-2 C
NOTE: Lincoln Electric assumes no responsibility for liablilities resulting from board level troubleshooting. PC Board repairs will invalidate your factory warranty. Individual Printed Circuit Board Components are not available from Lincoln Electric. This information is pro-
vided for reference only. Lincoln Electric discourages board level troubleshooting and repair since it may compromise the quality of the design and may result in danger to the Machine Operator or Technician. Improper PC board repairs could result in damage to the
machine.
PRECISION TIG 375
SCHEMATIC - CONTROL PC BOARD - ABOVE CODE 11000 (G4762 PAGE 1)
PRECISION TIG 375

PRECISION TIG 375

PRECISION TIG 375

PRECISION TIG 375

PRECISION TIG 375

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY - CONTROL PC BOARD - ABOVE CODE 11000 (G4763-1)
ENGINEERING CONTROLLED CHANGE DETAIL: RELEASED FROM X A.02

MANUFACTURER: No
R15, R19, R47, R48, R49,
G4763-1 ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
1 1 G4763-A PC BOARD BLANK R50, R51, R52, R53, R54, 12 S19400-10R0 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0,1%
2 (TRI1, TR!2, X5, X9)* 4 CF000003 6-32 X .375 ROUND HEAD MACHINE SCREW R308, R311
3 (TRI1, TRI2, X5, X9)* 4 E106A-13 # 6 LOCK WASHER R17, R20, R21, R22, R29,
4 (TRI1, TRI2, X5, X9)* AS REQ E1868 THERMO JOINT COMPOUND R40, R41, R44, R55, R56,
5 (TRI1, TRI2, X5, X9)* 4 S18104-3 HEAT SINK,ALUMINUM,EXTRUDED,FOR 1 TO-220 R58, R75, R76, R136,
6 2 S19300-7 SUPPORT,PCB,SNAP=IN,063,WHT R176, R210, R213, R214,
7 5.0 OZ E2861 SEALANT R241, R275, R282, R287,
8 1 S26860-1 PSOC SOFTWARE
R288, R291, R319, R323, 43 S19400-4751 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,4.75K,1%
9 1 S26861-1 PSOC SOFTWARE
R325, R329, R330, R331,
R359, R366, R375, R378,
REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR SPECIFICATIONS ON ITEMS LISTED BELOW R379, R383, R404, R406,
R407, R408, R409, R412,
REFERENCES QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION R418
C1, C7, C178, C179 4 S16668-8 CAPACITOR,CEMO,330pF,100V,5% R24, R39, R46, R84, R97,
C2, C5, C17, C21, C25, R109, R119, R123, R126,
C28, C36, C41, C46, C50, R127, R130, R132, R133,
C57, C61, C69, C70, C71, R159, R160, R163, R175,
C76, C77, C78, C85, C86, R203, R204, R209, R212,
C89, C90, C103, C105,
R240, R246, R247, R250, 45 S19400-1002 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,10.0K,1%
C106, C122, C123, C124, 45 S16668-11 CAPACITOR,CEMO,0.1, 50V,10%
R253, R289, R293, R294,
C125, C129, C130, C139,
R296, R297, R299, R300,
C148, C149, C157, C158,
R302, R321, R332, R352,
C165, C167, C168, C169,
C171, C172, C173, C176,
R353, R358, R384, R386,
C177 R394, R403, R4
C6, C16, C20, C35, C59, R25, R67, R125, R134,
9 S13490-42 CAPACITOR,TAEL,1.0,35V,10% R158, R211, R242, R251, 11 S19400-2212 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,22.1K,1%
C100, C118, C143, C155
C8, C9, C11, C26, C27, R281, R392, R419
C32, C42, C44, C56, C65, R38, R254, R298, R313,
17 S16668-6 CAPACITOR,CEMO,4700pF,50V,10% 7 S19400-9091 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,9.09K,1%
C66, C67, C68, C83, C87, R387, R411, R415
C92, C101 R42, R128, R164, R169,
C10, C24, C58 3 S16668-3 CAPACITOR,CEMO,100pF, 100V,5% R215, R216, R245, R260, 10 S19400-4752 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,47.5K ,1%
C14, C15, C141 3 S13490-181 CAPACITOR,ALEL,22,63V,20% R261, R339
C18, C19, C37, C38, C62, R43 1 S19400-2213 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,221K,1%
1
C72, C73, C74, C75, C79,
8
R45, R66, R85, R108,
C80, C88, C91, C104, 5 S19400-2002 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,20.0K,1%
R171
N.G.
6
C107, C112, C128, C134, R57, R371 2 S19400-2210 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,221,1%
31 S16668-5 CAPACITOR,CEMO,.022,50V,20%
N.B. C142, C144, C145, C146,
2 3 4 5
R59, R252, R259, R377,
N.J.
C147, C150, C151, C152, 5 S19400-3321 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,3.32K,1%
1.20 N.K.
R389
C153, C154, C156, C159,
N.F. N.D.
R72, R101, R102, R276 4 S19400-26R7 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,26.7,1%
N.C. N.D. 16.80
C170
R73, R74, R131, R135,
10.68
C22, C51 2 T11577-54 CAPACITOR,CD,750PF,1000V,10%
R170, R205, R270, R292, 9 S19400-1003 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100K,1%
C23, C52 2 S13490-183 CAPACITOR,ALEL,120MF,50V,20%
C53 1 S13490-92 CAPACITOR,ALEL,3300, 50V,+30/-10% R295
C60 1 S16668-7 CAPACITOR,CEMO,820pF,50V,5% R77, R385 2 S19400-6811 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,6.81K,1%

6.00 C81, C82, C98, C99, R78 1 S19400-3921 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,3.92K,1%
XX XX
R79 1 S19400-3011 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,3.01K,1%
5.80
C117, C131, C133, C135,
15 T11577-52K CAPACITOR,CD,.0047/.005,1400V,20% R83, R87, R118, R168,
C1 DZ1 D12 C136, C137, C140, C160, 8 S19400-1004 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00M,1%
R248, R249, R277, R280
R423
R9 D1
C161, C162, C163
X X
C7 R18 R16 R420 D2 C6 R401 R13
R92, R103, R104, R129,
J14
C2 R24 J13 DZ24
C84 1 S13490-40 CAPACITOR,TAEL,2.7,50V,10%
XXX X XX
DZ3 C10 R416
X X
C9 R21 D10 R2 C23
Q7 R40 D13
C95, C96, C97 3 T11577-46K CAPACITOR,CD,.05,600V,+80/-20% R140, R161, R179, R202,
XXX
R20 R415
R46
X5
D14
R19 R398 C17 C18 D35
C102, C138 2 S16668-9 CAPACITOR,CEMO,150pF, 100V,5% R206, R207, R239, R243,
R17 R373 R43 R381 R365
X X
R14 R51 C175 R377 R417 R418 R422 R41 C19 C21
C179
C113, C114, C115, C116 4 S13490-81 CAPACITOR,PEF,0.1MF,400V,10%,RADIAL
R8 C11 C20 R44
C8 R52
R25 D93
R400 R374
R372 C177 R421 R73 D11 R42 R45 R263, R267, R273, R274, 28 S19400-1001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.00K,1%
X X
Q2
C119, C120 2 S16668-2 CAPACITOR,CEMO,47pF, 100V,5%
R15 R77
X4
R53
R279, R305, R312, R314,
C15
C176 R376
X1
X2
R47 R59 D91 C172 DZ26 R74 D22 R79 R83 C38 D26
C121 1 S13490-19 CAPACITOR,TAEL,1.8,20V,10%
R78
R315, R320, R364, R388,
D17 R406 R405 R407 DZ4
D18
R371
R404 R84
C26
X X
R48 Q10 Q1 Q11 C27 DZ25
R382
C171 R387 R39 R403
X9
C132 1 S13490-186 CAPACITOR,ALEL,1800,160V,20%
X20
R395 C35 R72 R85
R396, R400, R405, R410
D25
R49 R54
X
R58 R75
X8
DZ28 R384 R38 R411 R66
C175 1 S16668-1 CAPACITOR,CEMO,22pF, 100V,5%
X X
DZ27 D20 C16
R98, R177, R278, R336,
Q6
C53
R50 C25 C28 R76 C5
Q3
5 S19400-4750 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,475,1%
R368 R386 R402 D95 R87
D1, D16, D17, D18, D20,
G4763-1
X
D21
R395
D16 R22 R366 C44 R383 R410
R391 R101 R108
X X
C36
R91 R408
D21, D28, D36, D37, D38, 12 T12705-34 DIODE,AXLDS,1A,400V,FR,1N4936
Q12
Q13
C41 R385 Q17 D31
R100, R271, R334, R337,
C52
Q5 R102 C178
PRECISION TIG CONTROL
C22
R57
N.D.
6 S19400-5110 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,511,1%
R392
C42 D28 R369 C50
D39, D90
C167 Q18 Q21 C51 R340, R341
XXX
R367 R116 R112 C46 R103 DZ5 R110
Q4 R55
R110, R111 2 S19400-2001 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,2.00K,1%
R104 D94
C95
R109 R111
T1 T2 C24 R132
D2, D10, D11, D12, D13,
X11
X X
R129 R130
R112 1 S19400-9092 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,90.9K,1%
D50
X
R120 R126 C58 C37
X
R56 R121 R131 R133 R359 D14, D19, D22, D25, D26,
XXX
R92 C56 D42 R127 D46 D48
R121, R124, R244, R318 4 S19400-7681 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,7.68K,1%
R138
R122 C60 OCI1
X X
R137
R117 R139
D31, D35, D40, D41, D42,
X
R3 Q20 C62 R135
X
R137, R138, R181, R217,
D41 R123 R125 C89 R389
D40 Q19 R136
D51, D54, D55, D58, D59, 6 S19400-1211 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.21K,1%
OCI2
R134
X12
TRI2
X X
39 T12199-1 DIODE,AXLDS,1A,400V
D36 D37 D38 D39
C14
R119 R167 C59 C61 D47 D49
R124 R390
R262, R304
X
R140
D60, D61, D64, D65, D66,
TRI1
R118 R175
XX
X13
XX
DZ6 R163 C92 R128 C57 C76 C77
R139, R180, R218, R264 4 S19400-2670 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,267,1%
R380
R378
R379
R396 R180 C80

D67, D72, D73, D79, D80,
R419
X X X X
D51 C74
X X
R164 Q23
X N.C.
C70 D54 R179
R181
X
R162, R173, R333, R338,
C165
R160 C72 R205 R394 D81, D82, D83, D84, D85, 7 S19400-3320 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,332,1%
OCI3
R161 C79
R171
R172
C69 C78
X X X
R141
R142
R143
R144
R145
R146
R147
R148
R149
R150
R151
R152
R153
R154
R155
R156
X
R173
R372, R373, R374
X X
C65
C66
C67
C68
C82
D86, D87, D89, D96
R203 R169
X14
X
D61 R162 R170 R358 C81
X
C83 R29
XXXX
C71 R165 C73 R176 D7 R177 R215
R375 C97
R165 1 S19400-3323 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,332K,1%
X21
R159 C75 D96
X X X
D60
X
D19
X X
R216
R178
X
D62 R166 D64 D55
D7, D91, D92, D93, D94, R166 1 S19400-5621 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,5.62K,1%
R409
X17
D89 C173 C91 C99
C170
Q22 R67 R260

6 T12705-64 DIODE,SCHOTTKY,AXLDS,0.2A,30V,BAT42
OCI4
N.C.
C84
X X
D92 R202 D63 R204 R212
X16
R217
X
R209 R213 C96
D95 R167, R301 2 S19400-1501 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,1.50K,1%
X X X
R261 C98
X
R357 R388 C32
R206
R207
R211 R210 D58
R182
R183
R184
R185
R186
R187
R188
R189
R190
R191
R192
R193
R194
R195
R196
R197
R198
R199
R200
R201
J2
J3
R158 R246 R361 R291 D46, D47, D48, D49, D50 5 T12705-14 DIODE,AXLDS,3A,200V,1N5402 R178 1 T14648-24 RESISTOR,WW,5W,0.5,5%,SQ
XXX X XXX X X X
R247 D65 D59 R292 R214 R218
R4 C105 D62, D63 2 T12705-23 DIODE,SCHOTTKY,AXLDS,1A,30V,1N5818 R182, R183, R184, R185,
OCI5
TRI3
R259 R295
Q24
C101
R241
R242
R364
R243
R315
C103 DZ9 C106 R252 R263
D68, D69, D70, D71 4 T12199-2 DIODE,AXLDS,1A,1000V R186, R187, R188, R189,
X
DZ7
D69
D70
R356
N.D.
Q25 C86 C112
D68
D71
DZ1, DZ3, DZ9, DZ29 4 T12702-29 ZENER DIODE,1W,15V,5%,1N4744A
R239
R240
R262
X
R248 C168
DZ8
R190, R191, R192, R193,

C100
D66
R244 DZ10 R251

R276 R249
Q16
DZ4, DZ12, DZ13, DZ26,
Q27
R219
R220
R221
R222
R223
R224
R225
R226
R227
R228
R229
R230
R231
R232
R233
R234
R235
R236
R237
R238
Q26
X
R194, R195, R196, R197,
R245 C107
6 T12702-27 ZENER DIODE,1W,10V,5%,1N4740A
R293
X
C102
X X
R266 C85 R264
C132
D67 C123
R270
DZ27, DZ28
DZ12
OCI6 R269 C125 R100 R304
R198, R199, R200, R201,
X X X X
R253
R254
C131
R277
R98
XXX
R5
OCI8
X
40 S19400-68R1 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,68.1,1%
TRI4
R271 C120
DZ5, DZ20 2 T12702-53 ZENER DIODE,1W,3.3V,5%,1N4728A
X
R267
X
R413 R278 R305
XXXXXXXXX
R219, R220, R221, R222,
X
D90
R272 R6
C87
C88
R336
R412 C121 C134
DZ6, DZ10 2 T12702-19 ZENER DIODE,1W,12V,5%,1N4742A
C128
R294
C129
R296
R298
C130
R297
C159
R353
R352
R300
R301
R302
R223, R224, R225, R226,
N.C., N.D.
R265 R273
DZ23
DZ13
C145
R319
C122
C147
R281
R282
C124
R303
XXX X
C117
R97
DZ7, DZ8, DZ14 3 T12702-23 ZENER DIODE,5W,15V,5%,1N5352B
DZ29
C119 R274 C151
D72
R268
C169
R286
R287
R288
R289
R250
OCI7 R280
R227, R228, R229, R230,
C135
TP8
R414
X
TP4
X
D73
X X
C113
C114
C115
C116
R311 R312 DZ17

DZ15, DZ16, DZ17, DZ18,
Q29
R350
TP1
TP2
TP3
C138
R307
R308
C139
X
R279
5 T12702-52 ZENER DIODE,1W,5.1V,5%,1N4733A R231, R232, R233, R234,
XXXX
C144
XXXX
DZ19
D81 R316
X
X19
X XXXX
TP9 TP11
R235, R236, R237, R238
R313
R168
C104
TP7
C90
R362
R348
R349
R363
C140
DZ23, DZ24, DZ25 3 T12702-45 ZENER DIODE,1W,18V,5%,1N4746A
X
D82 R317
C136
D86
R306 C156
R265, R266, R306, R351 4 S18380-1 THERMISTOR,PTC,56 OHMS,90MA
C137
R318
Q28
J2, J3 2 S21134-10 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,BLIND,F,10-PIN
DZ16
DZ18
DZ20
TP10 TP12
DZ15
C118
R337
C153
C154
R338
R339
C155
R340
R341
R342
R343
R344
R345
R346
R347
R351
C152
D80
DZ19
R309
R310
C142
R320
R322
R325
C146
R323
R299
C148
R328
R329
R330
R331
R332
R334
R333
C149
C141
DZ14
TP5 TP6 C143
D84
D85
R321 C163
R268, R309, R343, R346 4 S19400-2490 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,249,1%
X X XX XX
D79
XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XX XXX X X
J4, J10 2 S24020-10 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,10-PIN,TIN
X X
R335
N.C.,N.D.
R314 D87
R269, R307 2 S19400-2673 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,267K,1%
C157 R275
J5, J13, J5A 3 S24020-8 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,8-PIN,TIN
C150
N.F.
L1
L2
R7 D83
J6 1 S24020-2G CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,2-PIN,GOLD R272 1 S19400-3922 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,39.2K,1%
J11 J7, J8, J12 3 S24020-6 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,6-PIN,TIN R286, R328 2 S19400-2802 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,28.0K,1%
XXXXXX XXXXX XX XX XX X X XXX X XXX X X X

J4 J5 J5A J6 J8 J12
X
J7
X
J9 J10
XXX X XX XXX X XX
C160
C161
C162
J9 1 S24020-12 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,12-PIN,TIN R303 1 S18380-3 THERMISTOR,PTC,.08-0.19 OHMS,1.85A
C133
C158 J11 1 S24020-16 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,16-PIN,TIN R310 1 S19400-6810 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,681,1%
.20 J14 1 S18248-4 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,4-PIN R316 1 S19400-3012 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,30.1K,1%
0
L1, L2 2 T12218-9 CHOKE,RF,390UH,5%, 225MA,CONFORMAL R322 1 S19400-3570 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,357,1%
OCI1, OCI2, OCI5, OCI8 4 S15000-16 OPTOCOUPLER,TRIAC,DRIVER,ZVC,3083 R335, R342, R344, R345,
N.C., N.D. 7 S19400-2000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,200,1%
9
OCI3, OCI4 2 S15000-31 OPTOCOUPLER,TRIAC,DRV,RANDOM,800V R347, R365, R381
N.F.
N.H. N.C., N.D. N.C., N.D.
OCI6, OCI7 2 S15000-10 OPTOCOUPLER,PHOTO-Q,70V,CNY17-3
N.C.,N.D. N.D. N.F.
R348, R349, R362, R363 4 S19400-20R0 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,20.0,1%
N.D. 17.80
Q1, Q4, Q18 3 T12704-69 TRANSISTOR,PNP,TO226,0.5A, 40V,2N4403
.20
R357 1 S19400-1502 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,15K,1%
0 6.00 N.E. 12.00 N.C. 18.00

Q2, Q3, Q5, Q6, Q7, Q12, R361, R367, R368 3 S19400-2211 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,2.21K,1%
Q13, Q16, Q17, Q19, R382 1 S19400-1500 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,150,1%
19 T12704-68 TRANSISTOR,NPN,TO226,0.5A,40V,2N4401
Q20, Q21, Q22, Q23, R391 1 S19400-5622 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,56.2K,1%
Q24, Q26, Q27, Q28, Q29 R401 1 T10812-79 TRIMMER,ST,1/2W,100, 10%,LINEAR
N.A. Q10, Q11 2 T12704-54 TRANSISTOR,NMF,TO220,15A,60V,(SS) R414 1 S18380-5 THERMISTOR,PTC,0.5-1.17 OHMS,0.5A
N.K.,N.L. N.A. Q25 1 T12704-73 TRANSISTOR,NMF,4-PIN DIP,1A,100V,IRFD110(SS) T1, T2 2 T12737-2 TRANSFORMER,PULSE,3-WINDING,1:1:1
R2 1 T10812-41 TRIMMER,ST,1/2W,10K, 10%,LINEAR TP1, TP3, TP5, TP6 4 T13640-25 MOV,130VRMS,90J,20MM
R3, R5 2 S16296-3 TRIMMER,MT,1/2W,500, 10%,LINEAR TP2 1 T13640-16 MOV,150VRMS,80J,20MM
R4, R7 2 T10812-73 TRIMMER,ST,1/2W,2K, 10%,LINEAR TP4, TP7, TP9, TP10,
6 T13640-18 MOV,320VRMS,150J,20MM
R6 1 S16296-5 TRIMMER,MT,1/2W,10K, 10%,LINEAR TP11, TP12
NOTES: TP8 1 T13640-11K MOV,150VRMS,45J,14MM
R8, R16, R120, R122,
R172, R317, R356, R369, 11 S19400-1000 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,100,1% TRI1, TRI2, TRI3, TRI4 4 S15161-27 TRIAC,TO220,8A,800V
N.A.
BEFORE HANDLING.
R376, R380, R402 X1 1 S17900-24 IC,CMOS,GATE,NAND,2-INPUT,QUAD,SCHM(SS)
R9, R91, R116, R117, N.A. X2 1 S17900-8 IC,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,HC14A(SS)
N.B. KEEP THIS AREA FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL ( .50 MIN.) BOTH SIDES OF
5 S19400-3322 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,33.2K,1%
R350 N.A. X4, X14 2 S15018-6 IC,CMOS,SWITCH,ANALOG,QUAD, 4066(SS)
BOARD. R13 1 T14648-4 RESISTOR,WW,5W,40,5%,SQ X5 1 S15128-6 IC,VOLT REG,FIXED,3-T,(+),1A,15V,TO220
N.C. SQUEEZE COMPONENTS TOGETHER BEFORE APPLYING ITEM 7 AND / OR N.A.
R14, R18, R141, R142, X8, X12, X13, X16 4 S15128-18 OP-AMP,QUAD, HIGH-PERF,33074
R143, R144, R145, R146,
ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.
X9 1 S15128-15 IC,VOLT REG,ADJ,3-T,(+),3A,350,TO220
N.A.
R147, R148, R149, R150,
X11 1 S15018-4 IC,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT, HEX,4584(SS)
N.D. APPLY ITEM 7 ON COMPONENT SIDE ONLY, AS SHOWN. R151, R152, R153, R154, 25 S19400-47R5 RESISTOR,MF,1/4W,47.5,1%
X17 1 M15102-4 IC,ARRAY,DRIVER,PERIPHERAL,NPN,DARL
N.E. APPLY ITEM 7 ON BOTH SIDES OF BOARD AS SHOWN, EXCEPT TOP SURFACE OF R155, R156, R390, R398,
N.A. X19 1 S15128-16 IC,OP-AMP,QUAD,HIGH-PERF,1014
TRIMMER. MAXIMUM ITEM 7 HEIGHT NEAR CONNECTOR J2 IS .50 INCHES.
R413, R420, R421, R422,
R423 N.A. X20, X21 2 S25073-9 IC,CMOS,PSOC,8-BIT,CY8C27443,DIP-28(SS)
N.F. KEEP TOP SURFACE FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL INCLUDING RTV.
N.G. PROGRAM X20 WITH ITEM 8 AND LABEL X20 WITH PART NO. OF ITEM 8.
REVISION CONTROL
N.H. PROGRAM X21 WITH ITEM 9 AND LABEL X21 WITH PART NO. OF ITEM 9.
N.J. COVER WITH TAPE AFTER PROGRAMMING. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
N.K. APPLY ITEM 7 ON COMPONENT SIDE ONLY, AS SHOWN. MAXIMUM ITEM 7 HEIGHT IS .50 CAPACITANCE = MFD/VOLTS
INCHES. INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
N.L. APPLY ITEM 7 TO CONNECTOR’S PLASTIC MOUNTING PINS ON NON-COMPONENT SIDE. RESISTANCE = OHMS
G4763-1A1
PART NO. IDENTIFICATION
CODE ALL COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS USED IN THIS
TEST PER E4298-C ASSEMBLY ARE TO BE RoHS COMPLIANT PER E4253
COAT WITH E1844 AND E3668
SCHEMATIC REFERENCE: G4762-1A1
MAKE DETAIL
MANUFACTURE PER E1911
BUY BLANK COMPLETE

( 2 BOARDS PER PANEL)
FOR PARTS ORDERS:
4 LAYER BOARD BLANK PANEL
SEE ELECTRONIC FILE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. INCLUDE (1) S25597PRINT PARTS ORDERS
INSTRUCTION SHEET.
PRECISION TIG
REFERENCE:
EQUIPMENT TYPE: 1
1 OF ___
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 DESIGN INFORMATION
PAGE ___
CONTROL P.C. BOARD ASSEMBLY
G3909
DRAWN BY: JB
SUBJECT:
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DOCUMENT DOCUMENT
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE NUMBER: REVISION:
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: TNguyen SCALE:
MATERIAL
NA APPROVAL
7-27-2007
PROJECT
CRM38261
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING - 1:1
APPROVED:
DISPOSITION: DATE: NUMBER:
G4763-1 A
STRP
machine.
PRECISION TIG 375
SCHEMATIC-PROTECTION P.C. BOARD (M16115)
M 16115
L4
J23 J22
1 5
.39mH
C4
.0047
3000V
L5
J23 J22
2 4
.39mH
C5
.0047
3000V
L1
J23 J22
3 1
.39mH
C1
.0047
3000V
L2
J23 J22
4 2
.39mH
C2
.0047
3000V
L6
J23 J22
5 6
.39mH
C6
.0047
3000V
L3
J23 J22
7 3
.39mH
C3
J23 .0047
8
3000V
GENERAL INFORMATION LAST NO. USED
R- _
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537
C- _
CAPACITORS = MFD ( .022/50V UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
RESISTORS = Ohms ( 1/4W UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) LABELS D- _
DIODES = 1A, 400V (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)

SUPPLY VOLTAGE NET
POWER SUPPLY SOURCE POINT

NOTES :
COMMON CONNECTION
N.A. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE

WITHOUT AFFECTING THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD, THIS DIAGRAM MAY FRAME CONNECTION
NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE
EARTH GROUND CONNECTION
NUMBER.
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED TOLERANCE EQUIP.
OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO. AND IS ON HOLE SIZES PER E2056 5-29-90SPA THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO. TYPE SQARE WAVE TIG 350
NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS .02
CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A.
WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION OF
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS .002
SUBJECT PROTECTION P.C. BOARD SCHEMATIC
ON ALL ANGLES IS .5 OF A DEGREE
M 16115
SCALE NONE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" ")t TO AGREE SHT.
THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO. WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. DR MK/DRS DATE 1-12-90 CHK GM/BS REF. SUP'S'D'G NO.
machine.
PRECISION TIG 375
PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-PROTECTION (M16062-1)
-1
ITEM REQ'D PART NO. IDENTIFICATION
C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, C6 6 T11577-58 .0047/3000 V

L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6 6 T12218-9F .39 mH
J22 1 S18248-6 HEADER

J23 1 S18248-8 HEADER
1 1 L8081-B P.C. BD BLANK
M16062-1
M16062 -1
CAPACITORS = MFD/VOLTS 9-28-2001M
machine.
PRECISION TIG 375
SCHEMATIC-BYPASS / STABILIZER P.C. BOARD (S22530-1) (CODE 10806 & 10807)
ARC STABILIZER CAPACITOR ARC STABILIZER RESISTOR
C9 15
10
250V
R1
5W
CONNECTION MADE THROUGH CONNECTION MADE THROUGH

HOLE WITH SOLDER PAD

HOLE WITH SOLDER PAD
C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8
TP1 TP2
.05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05 .05
320V 320V
600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V
160J 160J
Graphic
Graphic
GND
GND CONNECTION MADE THROUGH SOLDER PAD
AND SCREW TO STEEL STANDOFF ON MACHINE
S22530-1B0
Rev A
NOTES :
LABELS
GENERAL INFORMATION
N.A. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537 FRAME CONNECTION
CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE WITHOUT AFFECTING SUPPLY VOLTAGE NET
THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD. CAPACITORS = MFD ( .022/50V UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
THIS DIAGRAM MAY NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS RESISTORS = Ohms ( 1/4W UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE NUMBER. DIODES = 1A, 400V (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) COMMON CONNECTION
PRECISION TIG 375

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-BYPASS / STABILIZER (L10121-1) (CODE 10806 & 10807)
XXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
XXXXXXXXXXX
XXX
XXX
XXX
L10121-1 BYPASS STABILIZER

L10121-1
Rev B
ITEM REQ'D PART NO. IDENTIFICATION

machine.
PRECISION TIG 375
SCHEMATIC-BYPASS AND CE P. C. BOARD (S24206) (CODE 10894)
S 24206
LINE 1 (U) LINE 2 (V)
B1 B2
C3 C4
2.2 2.2
275V 275V
C1 C2
.0047 .0047
440V 440V
FRAME GROUND
FILE NAME: S24206_1AA
THIS SHEET CONTAINS PROPRIETARY INFORMATION OWNED BY THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO. AND IS NOT TO BE REPRODUCED, DISCLOSED OR USED WITHOUT THE EXPRESS PERMISSION O F THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO.
NOTES :
LABELS
GENERAL INFORMATION
N.A. SINCE COMPONENTS OR CIRCUITRY ON A PRINTED
ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS PER E1537 FRAME CONNECTION
CIRCUIT BOARD MAY CHANGE WITHOUT AFFECTING SUPPLY VOLTAGE NET
THE INTERCHANGEABILITY OF A COMPLETE BOARD. CAPACITORS = MFD ( .022/50V UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
THIS DIAGRAM MAY NOT SHOW THE EXACT COMPONENTS RESISTORS = Ohms ( 1/4W UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED)
OR CIRCUITRY OF CONTROLS HAVING A COMMON CODE NUMBER. DIODES = 1A, 400V (UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED) COMMON CONNECTION
Ch'ge.Sht.No. EQUIP.
THE LINCOLN ELECTRIC CO.
TYPE
ON HOLES SIZES PER E-2056 XA
ON 2 PLACE DECIMALS IS + .O2 CLEVELAND, OHIO U.S.A. SCHEMATIC, BYPASS
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS + .OO2 3-20-98 SUBJECT
ON ALL ANGLES IS + .5 OF A DEGREE SCALE NONE
MATERIAL TOLERANCE ("t") TO AGREE
SHT.
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS
DR. APM DATE 9/29/97 CHK. SUP'S'D'G. NO. S 24206
PRECISION TIG 375

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY-BYPASS AND CE (L10882-1) (CODE 10894)
BYPASS
x
x xx xx
x x x ITEM REQ'D PART NO. IDENTIFICATION
x x x
x x x
x xxxx
x
L10882-1
xx xx
x x
xx x x
1-28801L
xx
xxx x xx x
x
x xx x xx
x x
x
SSAPYB
x x
x xx xx
x x x x L 10882-1
3-20-98
BOTTOM VIEW
machine.
PRECISION TIG 375
SCHEMATIC - TIG OPTION PC BOARD - BELOW CODE 11000 (G4039 PAGE 1)
PRECISION TIG 375

SCHEMATIC - TIG OPTION PC BOARD - BELOW CODE 11000 (G4039 PAGE 2)
PRECISION TIG 375

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY - TIG OPTION - BELOW CODE 11000 (G4040-2)
ENGINEERING CONTROLLED CHANGE DETAIL: REVISED MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATION

MANUFACTURER: Yes
G4040-2
ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
1 1 G4040-F PC BOARD BLANK
2 1 S25409-1 SOFTWARE CPLD (X3)
REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR SPECIFICATIONS ON ITEMS LISTED BELOW
C1, C2, C4, C5, C7, C9, C10, C14, C15, C16, C17, C18,
C19, C21, C22, C23, C24, C26, C27, C28, C29, C30, C31,
44 S25020-3SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X7R,S0805
C32, C33, C34, C38, C39, C40, C41, C42, C43, C44, C45,
C47, C49, C50, C51, C52, C53, C54, C55, C56, C57
C3, C8, C58 3 S25020-2SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.022MF,50V,10%,X7R,S0805
C6, C20 2 S25020-5SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,2700pF,50V,5%,X7R,S0805
C11, C12, C13, C35, C36, C37, C46, C48 8 S25020-24SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,1.0MF,25V,10% ,X7R,S1206
C59 1 S25020-12SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,100pF,100V,5%,COG,S0805
D1 1 S25040-2SMT DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,DO-214BA/AC
REVISION CONTROL
D2, D3, D8, D10 4 S25049-4SMT DIODE,SMD,SCHOTTKY,DUAL,0.200A,30V,SOT-23
D4, D5, D6, D7, D9 5 S25040-5SMT DIODE,SMD,DUAL,0.200A,70V,UFR
DZ1 1 S25046-1SMT ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,5.1V, 5%,SOD123
DZ2, DZ3 2 S25046-4SMT ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,12V,5%,SOD-123
G4040-2F0 N.D. J1 1 S24020-12 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,12-PIN,TIN
N.D. J2, J3 2 S21135-10 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,BLIND,F,10-PIN
PART NO. IDENTIFICATION LED1, LED2 2 S25080-2SMT LED,SMD,GREEN,CLEAR,S1206
CODE Q1, Q5 2 S25051-4SMT TRANSISTOR,SMD,NMF,SOT-23,0.115A,60V,7002LT1(SS)
Q2, Q3, Q4, Q6, Q7 5 S25050-1SMT TRANSISTOR,SMD,NPN,0.5A,40V,SOT-23,MMBT4401LT1
TEST PER E3937-AC R1, R13, R26, R66, R87, R93, R105, R126, R163, R164,
COAT WITH E1844 AND E3668 (1 COAT EACH) R165, R166, R167
13 S25000-4751SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1%,S0805
SCHEMATIC REFERENCE: G4039-2F0 R2, R3, R4, R5, R8, R12, R43, R47, R68, R88, R90, R108,
R109, R112, R122, R145, R146, R147, R160
R6, R10, R14, R16, R17, R18, R21, R28, R29, R32, R33,
BUY DETAIL MAKE DETAIL
BUY PER E3867 MANUFACTURE PER E1911-ROHS R48, R52, R53, R56, R61, R63, R64, R65, R89, R92, R101,
BUY BLANK COMPLETE R102, R103, R104, R107, R116, R120, R123, R128, R130, 44 S25000-1002SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0K,1%,S0805
(6 BOARDS PER PANEL) R135, R137, R138, R139, R140, R141, R143, R151, R152,
R153, R154, R155, R157
4 LAYER BOARD BLANK PANEL R7 1 S25058-1SMT TRIMMER,SMD,ST,1/4W,10K,10%,LINEAR

SEE ELECTRONIC FILE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. R9, R34, R37, R38, R50, R67, R127, R131, R132, R133 10 S25000-5110SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,511OHMS,1%,S0805
R11, R42, R49, R51, R111, R134, R161, R162 8 S25000-4750SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,475OHMS,1%,S0805
R15, R79, R81 3 S25000-1372SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,13.7K,1%,S0805
R19, R57 2 S25000-10R0SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0OHMS,1%,S0805
R20 1 S25000-1501SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.50K,1%,S0805
R23, R62, R86, R136, R158 5 S25000-2002SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,20.0K,1%,S0805
R24, R44, R91, R110, R121 5 S25000-1211SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.21K,1%,S0805
R27, R46, R75 3 S25000-3323SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,332K,1%,S0805
R35, R36, R106, R124 4 S25000-3320SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,332OHMS,1%,S0805
R39 1 S25000-4753SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,475K,1%,S0805
R40, R45 2 S25000-1000SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,100OHMS,1%,S0805
R41 1 S25000-47R5SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5OHMS,1%,S0805
1 R54, R69, R77 3 S25000-3321SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,3.32K,1%,S0805
N.B. N.E. R55, R82, R125 3 S25000-1821SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.82K,1%,S0805
R58, R84 2 S25000-6811SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,6.81K,1%,S0805
2.75 R59 1 S25000-3922SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,39.2K,1%,S0805
JI R60, R70, R73, R74, R78, R83, R113, R150 8 S25000-1003SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,100K,1%,S0805
3.50
PRECISION TIG ADVANCED CONTROL R71, R76, R94, R97, R118 5 S25000-7501SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,7.50K,1%,S0805
3.30
R7
G4040-2 R72, R80, R95, R96, R117 5 S25000-2671SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,2.67K,1%,S0805

R14
R165
R164
R163
R168
R161
R162
C59
DZ1
C3
N.G. R85, R119, R129 3 S25000-1822SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,18.2K,1%,S0805

R15
R16
R11
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 X1
R9
R98, R99 2 S25001-1210SMT RESISTOR,SMD,121OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR

R10
R20
R24
O
R160
R12
C1
N C2 C4
X2
R100 1 S25000-3570SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,357OHMS,1%,S0805
Q1
J1
R21
R22
R23
R25
R26 R13
S1
D1
R17
R18
R19
C5
C6
R42
C9

C8
Q2 C10 R45
R46
R27
R28
R29
R30
R31
R43
C11
C12
C13
R148 1 S25000-6810SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,681OHMS,1%,S0805
R32
R33
R34
R35
R36
DZ2
C7
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R8
R37 R38 R39 R40 R41 R44
C18 C19 D5
C15
R52 R56 R57

D6
R149, R159 2 T10812-41 TRIMMER,ST,1/2W,10K, 10%,LINEAR

C20
R61
R64
D2
R51
C16
C17
R49
R50
R58
R59
R60
R53
D4
R68

R54 R66
D3
C14
R47
R48
TP2
X5
R62
R63
R65
R55 R67
C21
C27
C28
R77
R78
R81
R84
R85
S1 1 S19869-8 SWITCH,DIP,SPST,8-CIRCUITS????SET_SWITCH_POSITIONS????
X6
C30
Q7
R69 R86
C26 LED1
C23
N.A. X1 1 S15128-11SMT IC,SMD,COMPARATOR,QUAD,2901D

R75
R79
R82
R83
R70
C29 R88
R167
R166
D7
C58
R73
C22
TP3
R71
X3
N.A. X2, X5, X6, X8, X11, X13 6 S15128-4SMT OP-AMP,SMD,QUAD, GEN-PURPOSE,224D
R89
R74 R87
R76
R80
C35
C24 R72
C34
R100
C32
N.A. X3 1 S25070-12SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,CPLD,CY37192,160-TQFP(SS)

R91
C36
R94
R101
TP4
R98
R95
C37
R102
N.A. X7 1 S25067-1SMT IC,BIPOLAR,TIMER,SOIC-14

R93
X8
X9
C33
R96
R103
X7
LED2
R99
R97
N.A. X9, X12 2 S15018-6SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,SWITCH,ANALOG,QUAD, 4066BD(SS)

R104
C31
R90
R92
R105
C47
C50
C46 C48
C40 C42 C44 C49
N.A. X10 1 S25057-2SMT POT,SMD,DIGITAL,10K,1-CHNL,SOIC-8

R114
R108 R120
R109
R110
C39
R119
C41
R112
C45
R113 R115
C38 R117 R118
R106 C51
D8
D9
C52
R121
R122
R123
R124
C43
C53
R107 R111 R116

R148 R150 R152 R156
Q3
X10
Q4
R135 R144
R139
R141
R143
R126 R127 C56 C57

X11
X12
X13
R132
R134
J2, J3MOUNTED
R136 R145
Q6
DZ3 R128 R153 R157
R149 R159
R130
.20
R142
R137 R146
ONBACK OF BOARD
R125 R154 R158
TP1
R140
R129
Q5
R138 R147
R131
R133
C54 C55
D10
R151 R155
0
HOT START ARC FORCE
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
CAPACITANCE = MFD/VOLTS
INDUCTANCE = HENRIES
0 .20 2.60 N.F. 5.50 RESISTANCE = OHMS
5.30
NOTES:
BEFORE HANDLING.
N.B. PROGRAM X3 WITH ITEM 2.
N.D. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.

N.E. KEEP MOUNTING HOLES FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL. (5 PLACES)
N.F. KEEP TOP SURFACE OF TRIMMERS FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL. (2 PLACES)
N.G. KEEP TOP SURFACE OF DIP SWITCH FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.

ASSEMBLY ARE TO BE RoHS COMPLIANT PER E4253.
EQUIPMENT TYPE: INDUSTRIAL TIG 1
1 OF ___
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 DESIGN INFORMATION REFERENCE:
PAGE ___
ADVANCED CONTROL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY
DRAWN BY: G4040-1
SUBJECT:
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 FEI DOCUMENT DOCUMENT
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE REVISION:
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: SCALE: NUMBER:
WITH PUBLISHED STANDARDS. MATERIAL APPROVAL PROJECT
1:1 UF 3/16/2
007 CRM34409
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING APPROVED: - DISPOSITION: DATE: NUMBER:
G4040-2 B
machine.
PRECISION TIG 375
SCHEMATIC - TIG OPTION PC BOARD - ABOVE CODE 11000 (G4760 PAGE 1)
PRECISION TIG 375

PRECISION TIG 375

PRECISION TIG 375

PC BOARD ASSEMBLY - TIG OPTION - ABOVE CODE 11000 (G4761-1)
ENGINEERING CONTROLLED CHANGE DETAIL: RELEASED A.01 FROM "X"

MANUFACTURER: No
ITEM QTY PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION
G4761-1
1 1 G4761-A PC BOARD BLANK
2 1 S26859-1 PSOC SOFTWARE (X14)
3 AS REQ E2861 SEALANT
REFER TO ELECTRONIC COMPONENT DATABASE FOR SPECIFICATIONS ON ITEMS LISTED BELOW

C1, C2, C4, C5, C7, C10,
C12, C14, C15, C17, C18,
C19, C20, C26, C29, C30,
C31, C32, C33, C34, C38, 36 S25020-3SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.1MF,50V,10%,X7R,S0805
C39, C43, C45, C49, C50,
C51, C52, C53, C54, C55,
C56, C57, C62, C63, C65
C3, C8, C58, C64, C66 5 S25020-2SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,0.022MF,50V,10%,X7R,S0805
C6 1 S25020-5SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,2700pF,50V,5%,X7R,S0805
C9, C27, C28, C46 4 S25020-27SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CER,0.1MF,50V,-20%+80%,Z5U,S0805
C35, C36, C37, C48 4 S25020-24SMT CAPACITOR,SMD,CERAMIC,1.0MF,25V,10% ,X7R,S1206
D1 1 S25040-2SMT DIODE,SMD,1A,400V,DO-214BA/AC
D2, D3, D4, D5, D6, D7,
7 S25049-4SMT DIODE,SMD,SCHOTTKY,DUAL,0.200A,30V,SOT-23
{
D8
D9, D10, D11, D12, D13,
6 S25040-5SMT DIODE,SMD,DUAL,0.200A,70V,UFR
D14
DZ1, DZ5 2 S25046-1SMT ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,5.1V, 5%,SOD123
DZ3 1 S25046-4SMT ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,12V,5%,SOD-123
DZ4 1 S25046-3SMT ZENER DIODE,SMD,0.5W,18V, 5%,SOD123
J1 1 S24020-12 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,PCB,12-PIN,TIN
N.D.
J2, J3 2 S21135-10 CONNECTOR,MOLEX,MINI,BLIND,F,10-PIN
LED1, LED2 2 S25080-2SMT LED,SMD,GREEN,CLEAR,S1206

OCI1 1 S15000-34SMT IC,SMD,OPTOCOUPLER,HMA124
Q2, Q3, Q6, Q7, Q8 5 S25050-1SMT TRANSISTOR,SMD,NPN,0.5A,40V,SOT-23,MMBT4401LT1
Q5 1 S25051-4SMT TRANSISTOR,SMD,NMF,SOT-23,0.115A,60V,7002LT1(SS)
R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R8,
R25
R6, R10, R13, R14, R16,
R17, R18, R21, R26, R28,
R29, R32, R33, R48, R52,
R58, R59, R61, R65, R72,
R82, R84, R85, R89, R92,
R101, R102, R103, R104, 48 S25000-1002SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0K,1%,S0805
R116, R120, R123, R128,
R130, R135, R137, R138,
R139, R140, R141, R143,
N.C. R151, R152, R153, R154,
1
R155, R157,
2.75 N.E. R7 1 S25058-1SMT TRIMMER,SMD,ST,1/4W,10K,10%,LINEAR
R9, R148, R175 3 S25000-6810SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,681OHMS,1%,S0805
R11, R35, R36, R106,
6 S25000-3320SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,332OHMS,1%,S0805
J1,J20,J21 R111, R124
3.50 R12, R45, R169, R170,
3.30
PRECISION TIG ADVANCED CONTROL 5 S25000-1000SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,100OHMS,1%,S0805
X
R171
R7
X X XX XX
G4761-1
R14
R180
R181
N.G.
C65
C66
DZ5
R41
R57
R15

C3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
R175
DZ1
C2
R9
Q8
R179
C64
R16
O
N
XX XX
N.H. R22, R142, R144 3 S25000-2212SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,22.1K,1%,S0805
R10
R11
C4
XX X
S1 J21 J1 J20
X2
R178
R18
C6
R122
R26
R13
C10
N.J. R24, R44, R110, R178 4 S25000-1211SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.21K,1%,S0805

D11
R17
C5
R58
R59
R85
C46
R174
C9
R42
R177
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R8
C28
X
C12
R35
R36
R34
R38
R77
R76
R75
R52
R65
R123
X X
R27, R46 2 S25000-3323SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,332K,1%,S0805
R176 DZ4
R45
R46
D10 D5
R96
R108
C27
R84
R107
R24
OCI1
C63
Q2 D3 D7
X
D1

C18
R97
R50
R37
R25
C1
Q7 R60 R66
D4
X6
R82
R83
R67
R34, R37, R38, R50, R67,

R87
TP2
X
R51
R33
R23
R31
R32
NOTES:
R44
R43
C8
C30
X15
C29
X1
C14
C62
R75, R76, R127, R131, 12 S25000-5110SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,511OHMS,1%,S0805

R47
R48
R70
R55
R69
R183
R182
R39
R112
R106
LED1
R22
R30
TP5
D2 R64
X
C17
R49
R12
R132, R133, R181

R169
R173
R72
R54
R61
R88
C38 C53
BEFORE HANDLING.
C15
R20
R21
R27
R28
R29
C35
C11
R101
N.J.
R92
R86
R71
R68
R121
C34 C50
R39, R60, R66, R87,

J2
J3
X
R171
R170
N.B. PROGRAM X14 WITH ITEM 2 AND LABEL X14 WITH PART NUMBER OF ITEM 2.
C36
C26
R95
R73
R74
X16
X X
C19
N.C. APPLY ITEM 3 TO COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD AS SHOWN. R105, R126, R166, R167, 9 S25000-4751SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,4.75K,1%,S0805
C37
X
X14
D12
X8
X9
R124
TP4
C60
R91
D13 Q6
C33
R94
R177
C48
R98
LED2
N.D. DO NOT COAT WITH ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.

X7
C20
R105
N.E. KEEP MOUNTING HOLES FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL. (5 PLACES) R41, R172, R176, R182,
R99
R114
R115
C49 R102 R104

R109
R110
R172
C31
C39
R90
C52
5 S25000-47R5SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,47.5OHMS,1%,S0805

C7 D14
R166
R167
C56
C58
R103
N.F. KEEP TOP SURFACE OF TRIMMERS FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL. (2 PLACES)

C55 R152
R183
R6 R117 R118
R142
R116 R120 C51

Q3
DZ3
D8 R158 R156 R89

R111
C43
C45
N.G. KEEP TOP SURFACE OF DIP SWITCH FREE OF ENCAPSULATION MATERIAL.

R144
R148 R150
R42, R43, R47, R64, R68,

D9
X10
R141
R139
R143
X11
X12
J2, J3 MOUNTED N.H. APPLY ITEM 3 AROUND BASE OF J2 & J3 ON BACK SIDE OF BOARD. LIMIT HEIGHT TO
R157
X13
Q5
R125
R126
R145
R71, R83, R88, R90, R91,

R119
.20
R149 R159
R130
R134
R132
R136
R137
C32
ON BACK OF BOARD .125 +0/-.0625 INCHES.

C57
TP1
C54 R146 R155
R107, R109, R112, R121, 19 S25000-1001SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,1.00K,1%,S0805

R129
R128
R127
0
D6 R153
HOT START ARC FORCE

N.J. APPLY ITEM 3 TO CONNECTOR’S PLASTIC MOUNTING PINS.
R131
R133
R135
R138
R140
R147
R151 R154
R145, R146, R147, R174,

R179
2
0 .20 2.60 N.F. 5.30 R49, R51, R77, R134,
5 S25000-4750SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,475OHMS,1%,S0805
N.B.
{
5.50 R180
R57, R97 2 S25000-10R0SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,10.0OHMS,1%,S0805
R73, R74, R150 3 S25000-1003SMT RESISTOR,SMD,METAL FILM,1/10W,100K,1%,S0805
R96 1 S25084-2SMT THERMISTOR,SMD,PTC,0.35./1.4OHMS,2.0A
REVISION CONTROL
R98, R99 2 S25001-1210SMT RESISTOR,SMD,121OHMS,1/4W,1206,1%,TR
G4761-1A0 R149, R159 2 T10812-41 TRIMMER,ST,1/2W,10K, 10%,LINEAR
PART NO. IDENTIFICATION S1 1 S19869-8 SWITCH,DIP,SPST,8-CIRCUITS????SET_SWITCH_POSITIONS????
CODE X1 1 S15128-11SMT IC,SMD,COMPARATOR,QUAD,2901D
X2, X6, X11 3 S15128-28SMT IC,OP-AMP,SMT,QUAD,HIGH-PERF,33074ADT
TEST PER E4298-AC X7 1 S25067-1SMT IC,BIPOLAR,TIMER,SOIC-14
COAT WITH E1844 AND E3668
N.A. X8, X13 2 S15128-4SMT OP-AMP,SMD,QUAD, GEN-PURPOSE,224D
SCHEMATIC REFERENCE: G4760-1A0 X9, X12 2 S15018-6SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,SWITCH,ANALOG,QUAD, 4066BD(SS)
X10 1 S25057-2SMT POT,SMD,DIGITAL,10K,1-CHNL,SOIC-8
X14 1 S25073-12SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,PSOC,8-BIT,CY8C27643,TFN49(SS)
MANUFACTURE PER E1911
MAKE DETAIL
X15, X16 2 S25065-3SMT IC,SMD,CMOS,INVERTER,SCHMITT,HEX,VHC14(SS)
BUY BLANK COMPLETE
(6 BOARDS PER PANEL) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
CAPACITANCE = MFD/VOLTS
4 LAYER BOARD BLANK PANEL INDUCTANCE = HENRIES

RESISTANCE = OHMS
SEE ELECTRONIC FILE FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.
ASSEMBLY ARE TO BE RoHS COMPLIANT PER E4253
INDUSTRIAL TIG
REFERENCE:
EQUIPMENT TYPE: 1
1 OF ___
MANUFACTURING TOLERANCE PER E2056 DESIGN INFORMATION
PAGE ___
ADVANCED CONTROL PC BOARD ASSEMBLY
G4040
DRAWN BY: Jbarto
SUBJECT:
ON 3 PLACE DECIMALS IS ± .002 DOCUMENT DOCUMENT
ON ALL ANGLES IS ± .5 OF A DEGREE NUMBER: REVISION:
MATERIAL TOLERANCE (" t ") TO AGREE ENGINEER: T Nguyen SCALE:
MATERIAL
NA APPROVAL
3/5/2007
PROJECT
CRM38259
DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING - 1:1
APPROVED:
DISPOSITION: DATE: NUMBER:
G4761-1 A
machine.
PRECISION TIG 375

Lincoln Electric Svm163-b Precision Tig 375

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like

Lincoln Electric Svm163-b Precision Tig 375

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Lincoln Electric Svm163-b Precision Tig 375

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RETURN TO MAIN MENU

PRECISION TIG 375 April, 2008

Safety Depends on You

Lincoln arc welding and cutting

Copyright © Lincoln Global Inc.

• World's Leader in Welding and Cutting Products •

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNINGS

FOR ENGINE 1.h. To avoid scalding, do not remove the

2.d.4. Connect the work cable to the workpiece as close as

ELECTRIC SHOCK can kill. ARC RAYS can burn.

• DC Manual (Stick) Welder. hazardous to health. Avoid breathing these

Worker exposure level should be checked upon installation

5.e. Read and understand the manufacturer’s instructions for this

5.f. Also see item 1.b.

WELDING and CUTTING CYLINDER may explode

SPARKS can if damaged.

electrically “hot” parts to touch a cylinder.

6.j. Do not use a welding power source for pipe thawing.

6. Eloigner les matériaux inflammables ou les recouvrir afin de

prévenir tout risque d’incendie dû aux étincelles.

2. Dans le cas de travail au dessus du niveau du sol, se protéger

5. Toujours porter des lunettes de sécurité dans la zone de

RETURN TO MAIN MENU

Theory of Operation .............................................................................................................Section E

Troubleshooting and Repair ................................................................................................Section F

Electrical Diagrams ..............................................................................................................Section G

Parts Manual ........................................................................................................P404 & P558 Series

PRECISION TIG 375

PRECISION TIG 375

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS-PRECISION TIG 375 (Domestic, Canadian & Export)

RATED INPUT - SINGLE PHASE ONLY

K1833-2 Unbalance (70% Penetration#) AC TIG 125/63/50

RATED OUTPUT - NEMA EW1 Class ll (40) K1903-1,K1833-1,-2,K2622-1,-2,K2624-1

AC/DC Stick / Balance TIG 32.0 300

Unbalance (70% Penetration#) AC TIG 16.3 275

PRECISION TIG 375

RATED OUTPUT - IEC 60974-1 (K1834-1)

Duty Cycle-Applications Volts at Rated Amperes Amps

115VAC 8Amp Auxiliary Power Receptacle

to (STICK AND TIG)

K1903-1 49.7 in. 28.0 in. 41.0 in. 751 lbs.

OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE STORAGE TEMPERATURE RANGE

PRECISION TIG 375

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ENVIRONMENTAL RATING

tor, being similar to a radio transmitter, can be blamed

• Always connect the Precision Tig to a power supply grounded

abundance of conductive material can cause mainte-

sible and as close together as possible. Lengths should

PRECISION TIG 375

are free of cuts and cracks that allow high frequency

welder should be enclosed in grounded rigid metal-

3. On multiple input line voltage welders, be sure the

PRECISION TIG 375

EXAMPLE: On a 208/230/460 volt welder, LOW is WORK CABLE CONNECTION

Fuse the input circuit with the recommended super-lag

PRECISION TIG 375

REM OTE TIG TORCH

(Shown without hinged stud cover)

TIG TORCH CONNECTION CYLINDER could explode